]> git.proxmox.com Git - mirror_ubuntu-artful-kernel.git/blame - include/net/mac80211.h
wext: handle NULL extra data in iwe_stream_add_point better
[mirror_ubuntu-artful-kernel.git] / include / net / mac80211.h
CommitLineData
f0706e82 1/*
3017b80b
JB
2 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
3 *
f0706e82
JB
4 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
5 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
026331c4 6 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
d98ad83e 7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
06470f74 8 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2016 Intel Deutschland GmbH
f0706e82
JB
9 *
10 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
12 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
13 */
14
15#ifndef MAC80211_H
16#define MAC80211_H
17
187f1882 18#include <linux/bug.h>
f0706e82
JB
19#include <linux/kernel.h>
20#include <linux/if_ether.h>
21#include <linux/skbuff.h>
f0706e82 22#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
f0706e82 23#include <net/cfg80211.h>
5caa328e 24#include <net/codel.h>
42d98795 25#include <asm/unaligned.h>
f0706e82 26
75a5f0cc
JB
27/**
28 * DOC: Introduction
29 *
30 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
31 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
32 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
33 * drivers.
34 */
35
36/**
37 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
38 *
39 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
f0706e82
JB
40 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
41 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
42 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
2485f710
JB
43 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
44 * tasklet function.
45 *
46 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
6ef307bc 47 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
f0706e82
JB
48 */
49
75a5f0cc
JB
50/**
51 * DOC: Warning
52 *
53 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
54 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
55 */
56
57/**
58 * DOC: Frame format
59 *
60 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
61 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
62 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
63 * hardware.
64 *
65 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
66 *
67 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
68 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
69 *
70 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
71 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
f0706e82
JB
72 */
73
42935eca
LR
74/**
75 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
76 *
77 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
78 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
79 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
80 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
81 *
82 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
83 * suspend.
84 *
85 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
86 *
87 */
88
ba8c3d6f
FF
89/**
90 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
91 *
92 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
93 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
94 * between different stations/interfaces.
95 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
96 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
97 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
98 *
99 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
100 * driver operation.
101 *
102 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with a
103 * single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
104 *
105 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
106 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
107 *
108 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame, it calls
109 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it
110 * calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
111 *
112 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
113 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
114 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
115 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
116 * .release_buffered_frames().
117 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
118 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
119 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
120 */
121
313162d0
PG
122struct device;
123
e100bb64
JB
124/**
125 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
126 *
127 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
445ea4e8 128 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
e100bb64
JB
129 */
130enum ieee80211_max_queues {
3a25a8c8 131 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
445ea4e8 132 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
e100bb64
JB
133};
134
3a25a8c8
JB
135#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
136
4bce22b9
JB
137/**
138 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
139 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
140 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
141 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
142 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
143 */
144enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
145 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
146 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
147 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
148 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
149};
150
6b301cdf
JB
151/**
152 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
153 *
154 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
3330d7be 155 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
6b301cdf 156 *
e37d4dff 157 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
f434b2d1
JB
158 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
159 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
6b301cdf 160 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
3330d7be 161 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
908f8d07 162 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
9d173fc5 163 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
6b301cdf 164 */
f0706e82 165struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
f434b2d1 166 u16 txop;
3330d7be
JB
167 u16 cw_min;
168 u16 cw_max;
f434b2d1 169 u8 aifs;
908f8d07 170 bool acm;
ab13315a 171 bool uapsd;
f0706e82
JB
172};
173
f0706e82
JB
174struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
175 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
176 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
177 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
178 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
179};
180
d01a1e65
MK
181/**
182 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
4bf88530 183 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
04ecd257 184 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
164eb02d 185 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
73da7d5b
SW
186 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
187 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
21f659bf 188 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
d01a1e65
MK
189 */
190enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
4bf88530 191 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
04ecd257 192 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
164eb02d 193 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
73da7d5b 194 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
21f659bf 195 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
d01a1e65
MK
196};
197
198/**
199 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
200 *
201 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
202 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
203 *
4bf88530 204 * @def: the channel definition
21f659bf 205 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
04ecd257
JB
206 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
207 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
208 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
209 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
5d7fad48 210 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
164eb02d 211 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
d01a1e65
MK
212 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
213 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
214 */
215struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
4bf88530 216 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
21f659bf 217 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
d01a1e65 218
04ecd257
JB
219 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
220
164eb02d
SW
221 bool radar_enabled;
222
1c06ef98 223 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
d01a1e65
MK
224};
225
1a5f0c13
LC
226/**
227 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
228 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
229 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
230 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
231 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
232 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
233 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
234 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
235 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
236 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
237 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
238 * for changes/removal.)
239 */
240enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
241 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
242 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
243};
244
245/**
246 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
247 *
248 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
249 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
250 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
251 * done.
252 *
253 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
254 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
255 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
256 */
257struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
258 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
259 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
260 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
261};
262
471b3efd
JB
263/**
264 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
265 *
266 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
267 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
268 *
269 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
270 * also implies a change in the AID.
271 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
272 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
9f1ba906 273 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
38668c05 274 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
96dd22ac 275 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
57c4d7b4 276 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
2d0ddec5
JB
277 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
278 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
280 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
281 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
282 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
a97c13c3 283 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
8fc214ba 284 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
68542962 285 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
4ced3f74
JB
286 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
287 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
7da7cc1d 288 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
0ca54f6c 289 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
02945821 290 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
ab095877 291 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
1ea6f9c0 292 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
488dd7b5 293 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
52cfa1d6 294 * changed
989c6505
AB
295 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
296 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
2c9b7359
JB
297 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
298 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
299 * context had been assigned.
239281f8 300 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
23a1f8d4 301 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
471b3efd
JB
302 */
303enum ieee80211_bss_change {
304 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
305 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
306 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
9f1ba906 307 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
a7ce1c94 308 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
96dd22ac 309 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
57c4d7b4 310 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
2d0ddec5
JB
311 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
312 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
313 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
a97c13c3 314 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
8fc214ba 315 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
68542962 316 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
4ced3f74 317 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
7da7cc1d 318 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
7827493b 319 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
02945821 320 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
ab095877 321 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
1ea6f9c0 322 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
488dd7b5 323 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
989c6505 324 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
2c9b7359 325 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
239281f8 326 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
23a1f8d4 327 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
ac8dd506
JB
328
329 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
471b3efd
JB
330};
331
68542962
JO
332/*
333 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
334 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
335 * filtering will be disabled.
336 */
337#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
338
615f7b9b 339/**
a8182929
EG
340 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
341 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
a9409093 342 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
6382246e 343 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
b497de63
EG
344 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
345 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
346 * once each time the timeout triggers.
615f7b9b 347 */
a8182929
EG
348enum ieee80211_event_type {
349 RSSI_EVENT,
a9409093 350 MLME_EVENT,
6382246e 351 BAR_RX_EVENT,
b497de63 352 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
a8182929
EG
353};
354
355/**
356 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
357 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
358 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
359 */
360enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
615f7b9b
MV
361 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
362 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
363};
364
a8182929 365/**
a839e463 366 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
a8182929
EG
367 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
368 */
369struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
370 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
371};
372
a9409093
EG
373/**
374 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
375 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
d0d1a12f 376 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
a90faa9d
EG
377 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
378 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
a9409093
EG
379 */
380enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
381 AUTH_EVENT,
d0d1a12f 382 ASSOC_EVENT,
a90faa9d
EG
383 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
384 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
a9409093
EG
385};
386
387/**
388 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
389 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
390 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
391 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
392 */
393enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
394 MLME_SUCCESS,
395 MLME_DENIED,
396 MLME_TIMEOUT,
397};
398
399/**
a839e463 400 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
a9409093
EG
401 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
402 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
403 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
404 */
405struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
406 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
407 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
408 u16 reason;
409};
410
6382246e
EG
411/**
412 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
413 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
414 * @tid: the tid
b497de63 415 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
6382246e
EG
416 */
417struct ieee80211_ba_event {
418 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
419 u16 tid;
420 u16 ssn;
421};
422
a8182929
EG
423/**
424 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
a839e463 425 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
a8182929 426 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
a9409093 427 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
b497de63 428 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
6382246e 429 * @u:union holding the fields above
a8182929
EG
430 */
431struct ieee80211_event {
432 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
433 union {
434 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
a9409093 435 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
6382246e 436 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
a8182929
EG
437 } u;
438};
439
23a1f8d4
SS
440/**
441 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
442 *
443 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
444 *
445 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
446 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
447 */
448struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
449 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
450 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
451};
452
471b3efd
JB
453/**
454 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
455 *
456 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
457 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
458 *
459 * @assoc: association status
8fc214ba
JB
460 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
461 * or not
c13a765b 462 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
471b3efd
JB
463 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
464 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
ea1b2b45
JB
465 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
466 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
56007a02 467 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
c65dd147 468 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
989c6505 469 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
8c358bcd 470 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
ef429dad
JB
471 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
472 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
473 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
474 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
2ecc3905 475 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
8c358bcd
JB
476 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
477 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
2ecc3905 478 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
ef429dad
JB
479 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
480 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
2ecc3905
AB
481 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
482 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
483 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
21c0cbe7 484 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
98f7dfd8 485 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
96dd22ac
JB
486 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
487 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
488 * the current band.
817cee76 489 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
dd5b4cc7 490 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2d0ddec5
JB
491 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
492 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
4bf88530
JB
493 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
494 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
23a1f8d4 495 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
074d46d1 496 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
22f66895
AA
497 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
498 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
499 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
a97c13c3 500 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
e86abc68
JB
501 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
502 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
503 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
a97c13c3 504 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
68542962
JO
505 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
506 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
507 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
508 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
0f19b41e
JB
509 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
510 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
511 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
4ced3f74 512 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
7da7cc1d
JB
513 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
514 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
515 * your driver/device needs to do.
ab095877
EP
516 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
517 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
0ca54f6c 518 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
7827493b
AN
519 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
520 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
1ea6f9c0 521 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
db82d8a9
LB
522 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
523 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
524 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
525 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
526 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
527 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
67baf663 528 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
52cfa1d6
AB
529 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
530 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
531 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
471b3efd
JB
532 */
533struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
2d0ddec5 534 const u8 *bssid;
471b3efd 535 /* association related data */
8fc214ba 536 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
c13a765b 537 bool ibss_creator;
471b3efd
JB
538 u16 aid;
539 /* erp related data */
540 bool use_cts_prot;
541 bool use_short_preamble;
9f1ba906 542 bool use_short_slot;
2d0ddec5 543 bool enable_beacon;
98f7dfd8 544 u8 dtim_period;
21c0cbe7
TW
545 u16 beacon_int;
546 u16 assoc_capability;
8c358bcd
JB
547 u64 sync_tsf;
548 u32 sync_device_ts;
ef429dad 549 u8 sync_dtim_count;
881d948c 550 u32 basic_rates;
817cee76 551 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
57fbcce3 552 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
9ed6bcce 553 u16 ht_operation_mode;
a97c13c3
JO
554 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
555 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
4bf88530 556 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
23a1f8d4 557 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
68542962 558 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
0f19b41e 559 int arp_addr_cnt;
4ced3f74 560 bool qos;
7da7cc1d 561 bool idle;
ab095877 562 bool ps;
7827493b
AN
563 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
564 size_t ssid_len;
565 bool hidden_ssid;
1ea6f9c0 566 int txpower;
db82d8a9 567 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
67baf663 568 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
52cfa1d6 569 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
471b3efd
JB
570};
571
11f4b1ce 572/**
af61a165 573 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
e039fa4a 574 *
6ef307bc 575 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
e039fa4a 576 *
7351c6bd 577 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
e6a9854b
JB
578 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
579 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
580 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
581 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
582 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
583 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
584 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
585 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
586 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
587 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
588 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
e039fa4a 589 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
e039fa4a
JB
590 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
591 * station
e039fa4a 592 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
e039fa4a
JB
593 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
594 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
e6a9854b 595 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
e039fa4a 596 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
ab5b5342
JB
597 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
598 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
599 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
600 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
601 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
602 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
603 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
604 * hardware queue.
e039fa4a
JB
605 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
606 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
607 * is for the whole aggregation.
429a3805
RR
608 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
609 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
e6a9854b
JB
610 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
611 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
612 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
6c17b77b
SF
613 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
614 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
615 * off-channel operation.
cd8ffc80
JB
616 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
617 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
618 * it can be sent out.
8f77f384
JB
619 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
620 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
3b8d81e0
JB
621 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
622 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
02f2f1a9
JB
623 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
624 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
625 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
ad5351db
JB
626 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
627 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
628 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
629 * queue gets full.
c6fcf6bc
JB
630 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
631 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
632 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
1672c0e3
JB
633 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
634 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
635 * should kick the MLME state machine.
026331c4
JM
636 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
637 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
638 * status to user space)
0a56bd0a 639 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
f79d9bad
FF
640 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
641 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
610dbc98
JB
642 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
643 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
644 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
645 * handled properly by the device.
681d1190
JM
646 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
647 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
648 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
aad14ceb
RM
649 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
650 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
651 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
47086fc5
JB
652 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
653 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
654 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
deeaee19
JB
655 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
656 * PS-Poll responses.
b6f35301
RM
657 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
658 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
659 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
a26eb27a
JB
660 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
661 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
662 * monitor injection).
5cf16616
SM
663 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
664 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
665 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
666 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
667 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
eb7d3066
CL
668 *
669 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
670 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
11f4b1ce 671 */
af61a165 672enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
e039fa4a 673 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
e6a9854b
JB
674 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
675 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
676 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
677 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
678 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
679 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
680 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
681 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
682 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
683 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
684 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
685 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
6c17b77b 686 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
cd8ffc80 687 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
8f77f384 688 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
3b8d81e0 689 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
02f2f1a9 690 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
ad5351db 691 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
c6fcf6bc 692 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
1672c0e3 693 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
026331c4 694 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
0a56bd0a 695 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
f79d9bad 696 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
21f83589 697 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
681d1190 698 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
aad14ceb 699 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
47086fc5 700 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
b6f35301 701 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
a26eb27a 702 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
5cf16616 703 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
11f4b1ce
RR
704};
705
abe37c4b
JB
706#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
707
af61a165
JB
708/**
709 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
710 *
711 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
712 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
6b127c71
SM
713 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
714 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
dfdfc2be 715 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
6e0456b5 716 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
bb42f2d1 717 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
af61a165
JB
718 *
719 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
720 */
721enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
722 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
6b127c71 723 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
dfdfc2be 724 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
6e0456b5 725 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
bb42f2d1 726 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
af61a165
JB
727};
728
eb7d3066
CL
729/*
730 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
731 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
732 */
733#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
734 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
735 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
736 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
737 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
02f2f1a9 738 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
eb7d3066 739 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
47086fc5 740 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
eb7d3066 741
2134e7e7
S
742/**
743 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
744 * Rate Control algorithm.
745 *
746 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
747 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
748 *
749 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
750 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
751 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
752 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
753 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
8bc83c24
JB
754 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
755 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
2134e7e7
S
756 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
757 * Greenfield mode.
758 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
8bc83c24
JB
759 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
760 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
761 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
2134e7e7
S
762 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
763 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
764 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
765 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
766 */
e6a9854b
JB
767enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
768 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
769 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
770 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
771
8bc83c24 772 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
e6a9854b
JB
773 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
774 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
775 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
776 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
777 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
8bc83c24
JB
778 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
779 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
780 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
e6a9854b
JB
781};
782
783
784/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
785#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
8318d78a 786
e6a9854b
JB
787/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
788#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
1c014420 789
e6a9854b 790/* maximum number of rate stages */
e3e1a0bc 791#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
870abdf6 792
0d528d85
FF
793/* maximum number of rate table entries */
794#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
795
870abdf6 796/**
e6a9854b 797 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
870abdf6 798 *
e6a9854b
JB
799 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
800 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
e25cf4a6 801 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
e6a9854b
JB
802 *
803 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
804 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
805 *
806 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
807 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
c555b9b3
JB
808 *
809 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
810 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
811 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
812 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
b4f7f4ad
JN
813 * information::
814 *
c555b9b3 815 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
b4f7f4ad 816 *
c555b9b3
JB
817 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
818 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
819 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
820 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
b4f7f4ad
JN
821 * information should then contain::
822 *
c555b9b3 823 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
b4f7f4ad 824 *
c555b9b3
JB
825 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
826 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
870abdf6 827 */
e6a9854b
JB
828struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
829 s8 idx;
8bc83c24
JB
830 u16 count:5,
831 flags:11;
3f30fc15 832} __packed;
870abdf6 833
8bc83c24
JB
834#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
835
836static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
837 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
838{
839 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
6bc8312f
KB
840 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
841 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
8bc83c24
JB
842}
843
844static inline u8
845ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
846{
847 return rate->idx & 0xF;
848}
849
850static inline u8
851ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
852{
6bc8312f 853 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
8bc83c24
JB
854}
855
e039fa4a
JB
856/**
857 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
858 *
859 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
860 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
861 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
862 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
863 *
864 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
e6a9854b 865 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
3a25a8c8 866 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
a729cff8 867 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
6ef307bc
RD
868 * @control: union for control data
869 * @status: union for status data
870 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
599bf6a4 871 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
93d95b12 872 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
599bf6a4 873 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
93d95b12 874 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
e039fa4a 875 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
1c014420 876 */
e039fa4a
JB
877struct ieee80211_tx_info {
878 /* common information */
879 u32 flags;
880 u8 band;
e6a9854b 881
3a25a8c8 882 u8 hw_queue;
2e92e6f2 883
a729cff8 884 u16 ack_frame_id;
e039fa4a
JB
885
886 union {
887 struct {
e6a9854b
JB
888 union {
889 /* rate control */
890 struct {
891 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
892 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
893 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
991fec09
FF
894 u8 use_rts:1;
895 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
0d528d85
FF
896 u8 short_preamble:1;
897 u8 skip_table:1;
991fec09 898 /* 2 bytes free */
e6a9854b
JB
899 };
900 /* only needed before rate control */
901 unsigned long jiffies;
902 };
25d834e1 903 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
5caa328e
MK
904 union {
905 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
906 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
907
908 /* When packets are enqueued on txq it's easy
909 * to re-construct the vif pointer. There's no
910 * more space in tx_info so it can be used to
911 * store the necessary enqueue time for packet
912 * sojourn time computation.
913 */
914 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
915 };
e039fa4a 916 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
af61a165
JB
917 u32 flags;
918 /* 4 bytes free */
e039fa4a 919 } control;
3b79af97
JB
920 struct {
921 u64 cookie;
922 } ack;
e039fa4a 923 struct {
e6a9854b 924 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
a0f995a5 925 s32 ack_signal;
e3e1a0bc 926 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
599bf6a4 927 u8 ampdu_len;
d748b464 928 u8 antenna;
02219b3a
JB
929 u16 tx_time;
930 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 931 } status;
e6a9854b
JB
932 struct {
933 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
934 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
0d528d85
FF
935 u8 pad[4];
936
e6a9854b
JB
937 void *rate_driver_data[
938 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
939 };
940 void *driver_data[
941 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 942 };
f0706e82
JB
943};
944
c56ef672
DS
945/**
946 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
947 *
633e2713
DS
948 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
949 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
950 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
c56ef672
DS
951 *
952 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
953 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
954 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
955 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
956 */
957struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
57fbcce3
JB
958 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
959 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
c56ef672
DS
960 const u8 *common_ies;
961 size_t common_ie_len;
962};
963
964
e039fa4a
JB
965static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
966{
967 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
968}
7ac1bd6a 969
f1d58c25
JB
970static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
971{
972 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
973}
974
e6a9854b
JB
975/**
976 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
977 *
978 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
979 *
980 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
981 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
982 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
983 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
984 *
985 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
986 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
987 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
988 */
989static inline void
990ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
991{
992 int i;
993
994 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
995 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
996 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
997 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
998 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
999 /* clear the rate counts */
1000 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1001 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1002
1003 BUILD_BUG_ON(
e3e1a0bc 1004 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
e6a9854b
JB
1005 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1006 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1007 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1008}
1009
7ac1bd6a
JB
1010
1011/**
1012 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1013 *
1014 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1015 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1016 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1017 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1018 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1019 * verification has been done by the hardware.
1020 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV/ICV are stripped from this frame.
1021 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1022 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
981d94a8
JB
1023 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1024 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1025 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1026 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
84ea3a18
LB
1027 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1028 * de-duplication by itself.
72abd81b
JB
1029 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1030 * the frame.
1031 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1032 * the frame.
f4bda337 1033 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
6ebacbb7
JB
1034 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1035 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1036 * merging.
f4bda337
TP
1037 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1038 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1039 * (including FCS) was received.
f4a0f0c5
JB
1040 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1041 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
b4f28bbb 1042 * @RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
0fb8ca45 1043 * @RX_FLAG_HT: HT MCS was used and rate_idx is MCS index
5614618e 1044 * @RX_FLAG_VHT: VHT MCS was used and rate_index is MCS index
0fb8ca45
JM
1045 * @RX_FLAG_40MHZ: HT40 (40 MHz) was used
1046 * @RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
fe8431f8
FF
1047 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1048 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
ac55d2fe
JB
1049 * @RX_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission, if
1050 * the driver fills this value it should add %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
1051 * to hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact
4c298677
JB
1052 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1053 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1054 * each A-MPDU
4c298677
JB
1055 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1056 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1057 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1058 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1059 * on this subframe
1060 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1061 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
f980ebc0
SS
1062 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1063 * done by the hardware
63c361f5 1064 * @RX_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
17883048
GB
1065 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1066 * processing it in any regular way.
1067 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1068 * them for sniffing purposes.
1069 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1070 * monitor interfaces.
1071 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1072 * them for sniffing purposes.
786677d1 1073 * @RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
a5e70697
SW
1074 * @RX_FLAG_10MHZ: 10 MHz (half channel) was used
1075 * @RX_FLAG_5MHZ: 5 MHz (quarter channel) was used
0cfcefef
MK
1076 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1077 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1078 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1079 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1080 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1081 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1082 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1083 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1084 * interleaved with other frames.
1f7bba79
JB
1085 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1086 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1087 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
f631a77b
SS
1088 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1089 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1090 * the first subframe.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1091 */
1092enum mac80211_rx_flags {
4c298677
JB
1093 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1094 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
f4a0f0c5 1095 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
4c298677
JB
1096 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1097 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1098 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1099 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
f4bda337 1100 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
4c298677
JB
1101 RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(8),
1102 RX_FLAG_HT = BIT(9),
1103 RX_FLAG_40MHZ = BIT(10),
1104 RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(11),
1105 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(12),
1106 RX_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(13),
1107 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(14),
981d94a8 1108 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(15),
f9cfa5f3 1109 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(16),
4c298677
JB
1110 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(17),
1111 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(18),
1112 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(19),
1113 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(20),
f4bda337 1114 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(21),
5614618e 1115 RX_FLAG_VHT = BIT(22),
63c361f5 1116 RX_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(23),
17883048
GB
1117 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(24),
1118 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(25),
786677d1 1119 RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(26) | BIT(27),
a5e70697
SW
1120 RX_FLAG_10MHZ = BIT(28),
1121 RX_FLAG_5MHZ = BIT(29),
0cfcefef 1122 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(30),
1f7bba79 1123 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(31),
f631a77b
SS
1124 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT_ULL(32),
1125 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT_ULL(33),
7ac1bd6a
JB
1126};
1127
786677d1
OR
1128#define RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 26
1129
1b8d242a
EG
1130/**
1131 * enum mac80211_rx_vht_flags - receive VHT flags
1132 *
1133 * These flags are used with the @vht_flag member of
1134 * &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1135 * @RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ: 80 MHz was used
1b8d242a 1136 * @RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ: 160 MHz was used
fb378c23 1137 * @RX_VHT_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
1b8d242a 1138 */
17883048 1139
1b8d242a
EG
1140enum mac80211_rx_vht_flags {
1141 RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ = BIT(0),
f89903d5
JB
1142 RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ = BIT(1),
1143 RX_VHT_FLAG_BF = BIT(2),
1b8d242a
EG
1144};
1145
7ac1bd6a
JB
1146/**
1147 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1148 *
1149 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1150 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
f1d58c25 1151 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
566bfe5a 1152 *
c132bec3
BR
1153 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1154 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
162dd6a7
JB
1155 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1156 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
8c358bcd
JB
1157 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1158 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
8318d78a 1159 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
7ac1bd6a 1160 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
4352a4d7
JB
1161 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1162 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
566bfe5a
BR
1163 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1164 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1165 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
ef0621e8
FF
1166 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1167 * values were filled.
1168 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1169 * support dB or unspecified units)
7ac1bd6a 1170 * @antenna: antenna used
0fb8ca45 1171 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
5614618e
JB
1172 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
1173 * @vht_nss: number of streams (VHT only)
b4f7f4ad
JN
1174 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
1175 * @vht_flag: %RX_VHT_FLAG_\*
554891e6 1176 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
4c298677
JB
1177 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1178 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1179 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
7ac1bd6a 1180 */
f0706e82
JB
1181struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1182 u64 mactime;
162dd6a7 1183 u64 boottime_ns;
8c358bcd 1184 u32 device_timestamp;
4c298677 1185 u32 ampdu_reference;
f980ebc0 1186 u64 flag;
30f42292 1187 u16 freq;
1b8d242a 1188 u8 vht_flag;
30f42292 1189 u8 rate_idx;
5614618e 1190 u8 vht_nss;
30f42292
JB
1191 u8 rx_flags;
1192 u8 band;
1193 u8 antenna;
1194 s8 signal;
ef0621e8
FF
1195 u8 chains;
1196 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
4c298677 1197 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
f0706e82
JB
1198};
1199
1f7bba79
JB
1200/**
1201 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1202 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1203 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1204 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1205 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1206 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1207 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1208 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1209 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1210 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1211 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1212 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1213 * @data field.
1214 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1215 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1216 * length
1217 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1218 *
1219 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1220 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1221 * data.
1222 */
1223struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1224 u32 present;
1225 u8 align;
1226 u8 oui[3];
1227 u8 subns;
1228 u8 pad;
1229 u16 len;
1230 u8 data[];
1231} __packed;
1232
6b301cdf
JB
1233/**
1234 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1235 *
1236 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1237 *
0869aea0
JB
1238 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1239 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1240 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
c99445b1
KV
1241 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1242 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1243 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1244 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1245 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1246 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1247 * for more.
5cff20e6
JB
1248 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1249 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1250 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1251 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1252 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
45521245
FF
1253 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1254 * operating channel.
6b301cdf
JB
1255 */
1256enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
0869aea0 1257 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
ae5eb026 1258 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
5cff20e6 1259 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
45521245 1260 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
6b301cdf 1261};
f0706e82 1262
7a5158ef 1263
e8975581
JB
1264/**
1265 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1266 *
e8975581 1267 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
0869aea0 1268 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
e255d5eb 1269 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
e8975581 1270 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
4797938c 1271 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
9124b077 1272 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
5cff20e6 1273 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
0f78231b 1274 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
04ecd257
JB
1275 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1276 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
e8975581
JB
1277 */
1278enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
0f78231b 1279 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
e8975581 1280 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
0869aea0 1281 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
e8975581 1282 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
e255d5eb
JB
1283 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1284 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1285 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
5cff20e6 1286 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
e8975581
JB
1287};
1288
0f78231b
JB
1289/**
1290 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1291 *
9d173fc5
KV
1292 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1293 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1294 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1295 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1296 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
0f78231b
JB
1297 */
1298enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1299 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1300 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1301 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1302 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1303
1304 /* keep last */
1305 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1306};
1307
f0706e82
JB
1308/**
1309 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1310 *
1311 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1312 *
04fe2037
JB
1313 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1314 *
ea95bba4 1315 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
56007a02
JB
1316 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1317 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1318 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
04fe2037
JB
1319 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1320 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1321 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1322 *
1ea6f9c0
JB
1323 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1324 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
04fe2037 1325 *
675a0b04 1326 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
164eb02d 1327 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
04fe2037 1328 *
9124b077 1329 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
ad24b0da
JB
1330 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1331 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
9124b077 1332 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
ad24b0da
JB
1333 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1334 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
0f78231b
JB
1335 *
1336 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1337 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
04ecd257
JB
1338 * configured for an HT channel.
1339 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1340 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
f0706e82
JB
1341 */
1342struct ieee80211_conf {
6b301cdf 1343 u32 flags;
ff616381 1344 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
10816d40 1345
e8975581 1346 u16 listen_interval;
56007a02 1347 u8 ps_dtim_period;
e8975581 1348
9124b077
JB
1349 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1350
675a0b04 1351 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
164eb02d 1352 bool radar_enabled;
0f78231b 1353 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
f0706e82
JB
1354};
1355
5ce6e438
JB
1356/**
1357 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1358 *
1359 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1360 * operation.
1361 *
1362 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1363 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1364 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1365 * the driver passed into mac80211.
2ba45384
LC
1366 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1367 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
5ce6e438
JB
1368 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1369 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
85220d71 1370 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
5ce6e438
JB
1371 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
1372 */
1373struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1374 u64 timestamp;
2ba45384 1375 u32 device_timestamp;
5ce6e438 1376 bool block_tx;
85220d71 1377 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5ce6e438
JB
1378 u8 count;
1379};
1380
c1288b12
JB
1381/**
1382 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1383 *
1384 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1385 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
ea086359
JB
1386 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1387 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1388 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1389 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
848955cc
JB
1390 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1391 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1392 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1393 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
b115b972
JD
1394 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1395 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1396 * this is not pure P2P vif.
c1288b12
JB
1397 */
1398enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1399 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
ea086359 1400 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
848955cc 1401 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
b115b972 1402 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
c1288b12
JB
1403};
1404
32bfd35d
JB
1405/**
1406 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1407 *
1408 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1409 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1410 *
51fb61e7 1411 * @type: type of this virtual interface
bda3933a
JB
1412 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1413 * or the BSS we're associated to
47846c9b 1414 * @addr: address of this interface
2ca27bcf
JB
1415 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1416 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
59af6928
MK
1417 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1418 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1419 * for read access.
b5a33d52 1420 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
c1288b12
JB
1421 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1422 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1423 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1424 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
3a25a8c8
JB
1425 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1426 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
d01a1e65
MK
1427 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1428 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1429 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1430 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1431 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
ddbfe860 1432 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
ad24b0da 1433 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
ddbfe860 1434 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
1b09b556
AO
1435 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1436 * interface.
32bfd35d 1437 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1438 * sizeof(void \*).
ba8c3d6f 1439 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
32bfd35d
JB
1440 */
1441struct ieee80211_vif {
05c914fe 1442 enum nl80211_iftype type;
bda3933a 1443 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
a3e2f4b6 1444 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2ca27bcf 1445 bool p2p;
73da7d5b 1446 bool csa_active;
b5a33d52 1447 bool mu_mimo_owner;
3a25a8c8
JB
1448
1449 u8 cab_queue;
1450 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1451
ba8c3d6f
FF
1452 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1453
d01a1e65
MK
1454 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1455
c1288b12 1456 u32 driver_flags;
3a25a8c8 1457
ddbfe860
SG
1458#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1459 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1460#endif
1461
1b09b556
AO
1462 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1463
32bfd35d 1464 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1465 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
32bfd35d
JB
1466};
1467
902acc78
JB
1468static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1469{
1470#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
05c914fe 1471 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
902acc78
JB
1472#endif
1473 return false;
1474}
1475
ad7e718c
JB
1476/**
1477 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1478 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1479 *
1480 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1481 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1482 *
1483 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1484 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1485 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1486 */
1487struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1488
dc5a1ad7
EG
1489/**
1490 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1491 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1492 *
1493 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1494 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1495 *
1496 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1497 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1498 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1499 */
1500struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1501
7ac1bd6a
JB
1502/**
1503 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1504 *
1505 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1506 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1507 *
7ac1bd6a
JB
1508 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1509 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
db12847c
IY
1510 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1511 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1512 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1513 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1514 * generation in software.
c6adbd21
ID
1515 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1516 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
e548c49e 1517 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
00b9cfa3
JM
1518 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1519 * (MFP) to be done in software.
077a9154 1520 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
ee70108f 1521 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
077a9154 1522 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
db12847c
IY
1523 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1524 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1525 * MIC.
e548c49e
JB
1526 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1527 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1528 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1529 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1530 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1531 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1532 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
17d38fa8 1533 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
00b9cfa3 1534 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
17d38fa8 1535 * only for managment frames (MFP).
db12847c
IY
1536 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1537 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1538 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
7848ba7d 1539 */
7ac1bd6a 1540enum ieee80211_key_flags {
17d38fa8
MK
1541 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1542 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1543 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1544 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1545 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1546 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1547 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
db12847c 1548 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
7ac1bd6a 1549};
11a843b7 1550
7ac1bd6a
JB
1551/**
1552 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1553 *
1554 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1555 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1556 *
1557 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1558 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
6a7664d4 1559 * encrypted in hardware.
97359d12 1560 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
f8079d43
EP
1561 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1562 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
7ac1bd6a
JB
1563 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1564 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1565 * @keylen: key material length
ffd7891d
LR
1566 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1567 * data block:
1568 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1569 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1570 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
dc822b5d
JB
1571 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1572 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
7ac1bd6a 1573 */
f0706e82 1574struct ieee80211_key_conf {
db388a56 1575 atomic64_t tx_pn;
97359d12 1576 u32 cipher;
76708dee
FF
1577 u8 icv_len;
1578 u8 iv_len;
6a7664d4 1579 u8 hw_key_idx;
11a843b7 1580 u8 flags;
11a843b7 1581 s8 keyidx;
11a843b7 1582 u8 keylen;
f0706e82
JB
1583 u8 key[0];
1584};
1585
a31cf1c6
JB
1586#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1587
f8079d43
EP
1588#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1589#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1590
9352c19f
JB
1591/**
1592 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1593 *
1594 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1595 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1596 * reverse order than in packet)
1597 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1598 * reverse order than in packet)
1599 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1600 * reverse order than in packet)
1601 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1602 * reverse order than in packet)
a31cf1c6 1603 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
9352c19f
JB
1604 */
1605struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1606 union {
1607 struct {
1608 u32 iv32;
1609 u16 iv16;
1610 } tkip;
1611 struct {
1612 u8 pn[6];
1613 } ccmp;
1614 struct {
1615 u8 pn[6];
1616 } aes_cmac;
1617 struct {
1618 u8 pn[6];
1619 } aes_gmac;
1620 struct {
1621 u8 pn[6];
1622 } gcmp;
a31cf1c6
JB
1623 struct {
1624 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1625 u8 seq_len;
1626 } hw;
9352c19f
JB
1627 };
1628};
1629
2475b1cc
MS
1630/**
1631 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1632 *
1633 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1634 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1635 *
1636 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1637 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1638 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1639 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1640 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1641 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1642 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1643 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1644 * key_idx value calculation:
1645 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1646 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1647 */
1648struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1649 u32 cipher;
1650 u16 iftype;
1651 u8 hdr_len;
1652 u8 pn_len;
1653 u8 pn_off;
1654 u8 key_idx_off;
1655 u8 key_idx_mask;
1656 u8 key_idx_shift;
1657 u8 mic_len;
1658};
1659
7ac1bd6a
JB
1660/**
1661 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1662 *
1663 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1664 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1665 *
1666 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1667 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1668 */
ea49c359 1669enum set_key_cmd {
11a843b7 1670 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
ea49c359 1671};
f0706e82 1672
f09603a2
JB
1673/**
1674 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1675 *
1676 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1677 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1678 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1679 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1680 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1681 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1682 */
1683enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1684 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1685 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1686 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1687 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1688 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1689 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1690};
1691
e1a0c6b3
JB
1692/**
1693 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1694 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1695 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1696 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1697 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1698 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1699 *
1700 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1701 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1702 */
1703enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1704 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1705 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1706 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1707 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1708};
1709
0d528d85
FF
1710/**
1711 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1712 *
1713 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
03f831a6 1714 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
0d528d85
FF
1715 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1716 */
1717struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1718 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1719 struct {
1720 s8 idx;
1721 u8 count;
1722 u8 count_cts;
1723 u8 count_rts;
1724 u16 flags;
1725 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1726};
1727
17741cdc
JB
1728/**
1729 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1730 *
1731 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1732 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1733 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1734 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1735 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
34e89507 1736 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
17741cdc
JB
1737 *
1738 * @addr: MAC address
1739 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
323ce79a 1740 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
55d942f4
JB
1741 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1742 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
480dd46b
MA
1743 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1744 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1745 * Can be modified by driver.
527871d7
JB
1746 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1747 * otherwise always false)
17741cdc 1748 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1749 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
910868db 1750 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
f438ceb8
EG
1751 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1752 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
910868db 1753 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
e1a0c6b3 1754 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
8921d04e
JB
1755 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1756 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1757 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1758 * the station moves to associated state.
af0ed69b 1759 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
03f831a6 1760 * @rates: rate control selection table
0c4972cc 1761 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
8b94148c
AN
1762 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1763 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
93f0490e 1764 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
506bcfa8
EG
1765 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1766 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1767 * unlimited.
1768 * @max_amsdu_len: indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes. This
1769 * field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble. For packets
1770 * with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1771 * + If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1772 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1773 * + If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1774 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1775 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level driver.
1776 * This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
52cfa1d6 1777 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
6e0456b5 1778 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
ba8c3d6f 1779 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
17741cdc
JB
1780 */
1781struct ieee80211_sta {
57fbcce3 1782 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
17741cdc
JB
1783 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1784 u16 aid;
d9fe60de 1785 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
818255ea 1786 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
480dd46b 1787 u8 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
39df600a 1788 bool wme;
9533b4ac
EP
1789 u8 uapsd_queues;
1790 u8 max_sp;
8921d04e 1791 u8 rx_nss;
e1a0c6b3 1792 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
af0ed69b 1793 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
0d528d85 1794 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
0c4972cc 1795 bool tdls;
8b94148c 1796 bool tdls_initiator;
93f0490e 1797 bool mfp;
506bcfa8
EG
1798 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
1799 u16 max_amsdu_len;
52cfa1d6 1800 bool support_p2p_ps;
6e0456b5 1801 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
17741cdc 1802
ba8c3d6f
FF
1803 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
1804
17741cdc 1805 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1806 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
17741cdc
JB
1807};
1808
478f8d2b
TW
1809/**
1810 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
1811 *
1812 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
38a6cc75 1813 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
478f8d2b 1814 *
4571d3bf
CL
1815 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
1816 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
1817 */
89fad578 1818enum sta_notify_cmd {
4571d3bf
CL
1819 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
1820};
1821
36323f81
TH
1822/**
1823 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
1824 *
1825 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
1826 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
1827 */
1828struct ieee80211_tx_control {
1829 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1830};
1831
ba8c3d6f
FF
1832/**
1833 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
1834 *
1835 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
1836 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
1837 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue)
1838 * @ac: the AC for this queue
f8bdbb58 1839 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
ba8c3d6f
FF
1840 *
1841 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
1842 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
1843 */
1844struct ieee80211_txq {
1845 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
1846 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1847 u8 tid;
1848 u8 ac;
1849
1850 /* must be last */
1851 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1852};
1853
1bc0826c
JB
1854/**
1855 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
1856 *
1857 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
1858 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
1859 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
1860 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
1861 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
1862 *
af65cd96
JB
1863 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
1864 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
1865 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
1866 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
1867 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
1868 * algorithm.
1869 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
1870 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
1871 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
1872 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
1873 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
1874 * CCK frames.
1875 *
1bc0826c
JB
1876 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
1877 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
1878 * the FCS at the end.
1879 *
1880 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
1881 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
1882 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
1883 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
1884 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
1885 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
546c80c9 1886 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
1bc0826c 1887 *
566bfe5a
BR
1888 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
1889 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
1890 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
1891 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
1892 *
566bfe5a
BR
1893 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
1894 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
1895 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
1896 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
1897 *
06ff47bc
TW
1898 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
1899 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
1900 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
8b30b1fe
S
1901 *
1902 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
1903 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
520eb820 1904 *
4be8c387
JB
1905 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
1906 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
1907 *
1908 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
1909 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
1910 * stack support for dynamic PS.
1911 *
1912 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
1913 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
4375d083
JM
1914 *
1915 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
1916 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
04de8381 1917 *
375177bf
VN
1918 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
1919 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
1920 * the stack.
1921 *
1e4dcd01 1922 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
ad24b0da
JB
1923 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
1924 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
a97c13c3 1925 *
c65dd147
EG
1926 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
1927 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
1928 * dtim_period).
e31b8213
JB
1929 *
1930 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
1931 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
1932 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
1933 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
1934 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
1935 * only in that case.
d057e5a3
AN
1936 *
1937 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
1938 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
1939 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
1940 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
1941 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
1942 * the PS mode of connected stations.
edf6b784
AN
1943 *
1944 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
1945 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
1946 * software.
885bd8ec 1947 *
4b6f1dd6
JB
1948 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
1949 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
1950 * active interfaces.
3a25a8c8 1951 *
e27513fb
BG
1952 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
1953 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
1954 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
1955 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
1956 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
1957 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
1958 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
1959 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
1960 * supported cipher suites.
1961 *
17c18bf8
JB
1962 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
1963 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
1964 * for frames.
1965 *
3a25a8c8
JB
1966 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
1967 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
1968 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
1969 * control for more details.
6d71117a 1970 *
0d528d85
FF
1971 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
1972 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
1973 *
6d71117a
JB
1974 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
1975 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
1976 * is supported.
ef429dad
JB
1977 *
1978 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
1979 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
7578d575 1980 *
919be62b
JB
1981 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
1982 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
1983 * using aggregation for such frames.)
1984 *
7578d575
AN
1985 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
1986 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
1987 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
1988 * CSA frame.
5d52ee81 1989 *
c70f59a2
IY
1990 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
1991 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
1992 *
c526a467 1993 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
c56ef672 1994 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
30686bf7 1995 *
b98fb44f
AN
1996 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
1997 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
1998 *
99e7ca44
EG
1999 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2000 * within A-MPDU.
2001 *
35afa588
HS
2002 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2003 * for sent beacons.
2004 *
31104891
JB
2005 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2006 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2007 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2008 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2009 *
412a6d80
SS
2010 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2011 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2012 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2013 * timeout.
2014 *
c9c5962b
JB
2015 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2016 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2017 *
6e0456b5
FF
2018 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2019 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2020 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2021 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2022 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2023 *
2024 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2025 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2026 *
e8a24cd4
RM
2027 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2028 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2029 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2030 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2031 *
f3fe4e93
SS
2032 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2033 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2034 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2035 *
30686bf7 2036 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
1bc0826c
JB
2037 */
2038enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
30686bf7
JB
2039 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2040 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2041 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2042 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2043 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2044 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2045 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2046 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2047 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2048 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2049 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2050 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2051 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2052 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2053 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2054 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2055 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2056 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2057 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2058 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2059 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2060 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2061 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2062 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2063 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2064 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2065 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2066 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2067 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
b98fb44f 2068 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
99e7ca44 2069 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
35afa588 2070 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
31104891 2071 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
412a6d80 2072 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
c9c5962b 2073 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
6e0456b5
FF
2074 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2075 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
e8a24cd4 2076 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
f3fe4e93 2077 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
30686bf7
JB
2078
2079 /* keep last, obviously */
2080 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
1bc0826c
JB
2081};
2082
7ac1bd6a
JB
2083/**
2084 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
75a5f0cc
JB
2085 *
2086 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2087 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2088 *
2089 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2090 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2091 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
8318d78a
JB
2092 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2093 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
75a5f0cc
JB
2094 *
2095 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2096 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2097 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2098 * along with this structure.
2099 *
2100 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2101 *
2102 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2103 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2104 *
70dabeb7
FF
2105 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2106 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
75a5f0cc 2107 *
566bfe5a 2108 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
ad24b0da 2109 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
75a5f0cc 2110 *
ea95bba4 2111 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
ad24b0da 2112 * that HW supports
ea95bba4 2113 *
75a5f0cc 2114 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
e100bb64
JB
2115 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2116 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2117 *
830f9038
JB
2118 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2119 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2120 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
32bfd35d
JB
2121 *
2122 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2123 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
17741cdc
JB
2124 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2125 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
d01a1e65
MK
2126 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2127 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
ba8c3d6f
FF
2128 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2129 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
870abdf6 2130 *
78be49ec
HS
2131 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2132 * can handle.
2133 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2134 * the hw can report back.
e6a9854b 2135 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
4e6cbfd0 2136 *
df6ba5d8
LC
2137 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2138 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2139 * aggregation.
2140 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2141 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2142 * it shouldn't be set.
5dd36bc9
JB
2143 *
2144 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
ac062197
GG
2145 * aggregate an HT driver will transmit. Though ADDBA will advertise
2146 * a constant value of 64 as some older APs can crash if the window
2147 * size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N with FW v1.0.07
2148 * build 002 Jun 18 2012).
3a25a8c8 2149 *
6e0456b5
FF
2150 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2151 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2152 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2153 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2154 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
ac55d2fe
JB
2155 *
2156 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2157 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
b4f7f4ad 2158 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
ac55d2fe 2159 * adding _BW is supported today.
72d78728 2160 *
51648921
JB
2161 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2162 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
b4f7f4ad 2163 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
51648921 2164 *
99ee7cae
JB
2165 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
2166 * 'units_pos' member is set to a non-negative value it must be set to
2167 * a combination of a IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2168 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value, and then the timestamp
2169 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
2170 * device_timestamp. If the 'accuracy' member is non-negative, it's put
2171 * into the accuracy radiotap field and the accuracy known flag is set.
2172 *
72d78728 2173 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
680a0dab
JB
2174 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2175 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
219c3867
AB
2176 *
2177 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2178 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2179 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2180 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2181 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2182 * neither enabled.
2183 *
2184 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2185 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2186 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
2475b1cc
MS
2187 *
2188 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2189 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2190 * supported by HW.
167e33f4
AB
2191 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2192 * device.
7ac1bd6a 2193 */
f0706e82 2194struct ieee80211_hw {
f0706e82 2195 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
75a5f0cc 2196 struct wiphy *wiphy;
830f9038 2197 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
f0706e82 2198 void *priv;
30686bf7 2199 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
f0706e82 2200 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
70dabeb7 2201 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
32bfd35d 2202 int vif_data_size;
17741cdc 2203 int sta_data_size;
d01a1e65 2204 int chanctx_data_size;
ba8c3d6f 2205 int txq_data_size;
ea95bba4 2206 u16 queues;
ea95bba4 2207 u16 max_listen_interval;
f0706e82 2208 s8 max_signal;
e6a9854b 2209 u8 max_rates;
78be49ec 2210 u8 max_report_rates;
e6a9854b 2211 u8 max_rate_tries;
df6ba5d8 2212 u8 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
5dd36bc9 2213 u8 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
6e0456b5 2214 u8 max_tx_fragments;
3a25a8c8 2215 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
ac55d2fe 2216 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
51648921 2217 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
99ee7cae
JB
2218 struct {
2219 int units_pos;
2220 s16 accuracy;
2221 } radiotap_timestamp;
72d78728 2222 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
219c3867
AB
2223 u8 uapsd_queues;
2224 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
2475b1cc
MS
2225 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2226 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
167e33f4 2227 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
f0706e82
JB
2228};
2229
30686bf7
JB
2230static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2231 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2232{
2233 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2234}
2235#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2236
2237static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2238 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2239{
2240 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2241}
2242#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2243
c56ef672
DS
2244/**
2245 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2246 *
2247 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2248 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2249 */
2250struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2251 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2252
2253 /* Keep last */
2254 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2255};
2256
8a4d32f3
AN
2257/**
2258 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2259 *
2260 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2261 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2262 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2263 * @status: channel-switch response status
2264 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2265 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2266 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2267 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2268 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2269 */
2270struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2271 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2272 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2273 u8 action_code;
2274 u32 status;
2275 u32 timestamp;
2276 u16 switch_time;
2277 u16 switch_timeout;
2278 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2279 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2280};
2281
9a95371a
LR
2282/**
2283 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2284 *
2285 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2286 *
2287 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2288 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2289 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2290 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2291 * is already used internally by mac80211.
0ae997dc
YB
2292 *
2293 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
9a95371a
LR
2294 */
2295struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2296
75a5f0cc
JB
2297/**
2298 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2299 *
2300 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2301 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2302 */
f0706e82
JB
2303static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2304{
2305 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2306}
2307
75a5f0cc 2308/**
e37d4dff 2309 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
75a5f0cc
JB
2310 *
2311 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2312 * @addr: the address to set
2313 */
538dc904 2314static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
f0706e82
JB
2315{
2316 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2317}
2318
2e92e6f2
JB
2319static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2320ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2321 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2322{
aa331df0 2323 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
2e92e6f2 2324 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2325 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2326}
2327
2328static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2329ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2330 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2331{
e039fa4a 2332 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2333 return NULL;
e039fa4a 2334 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2335}
2336
2337static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2338ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
870abdf6 2339 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
2e92e6f2 2340{
e6a9854b 2341 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2342 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2343 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2344}
2345
6096de7f
JB
2346/**
2347 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2348 * @hw: the hardware
2349 * @skb: the skb
2350 *
2351 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2352 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2353 */
2354void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2355
75a5f0cc
JB
2356/**
2357 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
2358 *
2359 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2360 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2361 *
2362 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2363 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
dc822b5d
JB
2364 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2365 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2366 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
75a5f0cc
JB
2367 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2368 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
4150c572 2369 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2370 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2371 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2372 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2373 *
2374 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2375 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2376 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2377 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2378 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2379 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2380 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2381 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2382 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2383 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2384 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2385 *
2386 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2387 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2388 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2389 * based on the receive flags.
2390 *
2391 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2392 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2393 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2394 * keys.
9ae4fda3
EG
2395 *
2396 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2397 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2398 * handler.
2399 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
25985edc 2400 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
9ae4fda3
EG
2401 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2402 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
e37d4dff 2403 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
9ae4fda3 2404 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
de5fad81
YD
2405 *
2406 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2407 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2408 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
4150c572 2409 */
75a5f0cc 2410
4be8c387
JB
2411/**
2412 * DOC: Powersave support
2413 *
2414 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2415 *
c99445b1
KV
2416 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2417 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2418 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2419 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2420 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2421 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2422 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2423 * it finds traffic directed to it.
2424 *
2425 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2426 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2427 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
2738bd68
BC
2428 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2429 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
c99445b1
KV
2430 *
2431 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2432 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2433 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
4be8c387
JB
2434 *
2435 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2436 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2437 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2438 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
955394c9
JB
2439 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2440 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
c99445b1
KV
2441 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
2442 *
2443 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2444 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2445 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2446 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2447 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2448 * periods.
2449 *
2738bd68 2450 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
c99445b1
KV
2451 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2452 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2453 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2454 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2455 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2456 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2457 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2458 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2459 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2460 *
2461 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
848955cc 2462 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
e227867f 2463 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
c99445b1
KV
2464 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2465 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2466 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2467 *
2468 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2469 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
4be8c387
JB
2470 */
2471
04de8381
KV
2472/**
2473 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2474 *
2475 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
42b2aa86 2476 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
04de8381
KV
2477 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2478 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2479 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2480 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2481 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2482 *
c1288b12
JB
2483 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2484 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
955394c9
JB
2485 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2486 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2487 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2488 *
2489 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2490 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2491 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2492 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2493 *
2494 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2495 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2496 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2497 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
b4f7f4ad 2498 *
955394c9
JB
2499 * - a list of information element IDs
2500 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2501 *
2502 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2503 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2504 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2505 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2506 * vendor information elements.
2507 *
2508 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2509 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2510 *
2511 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2512 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2513 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2514 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2515 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2516 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2517 *
2518 *
2519 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2520 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2521 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2522 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2523 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2524 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2525 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2526 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2527 *
2528 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2529 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2530 * signal strength threshold checking.
04de8381
KV
2531 */
2532
0f78231b
JB
2533/**
2534 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2535 *
2536 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2537 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2538 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2539 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2540 *
2541 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2542 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2543 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2544 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2545 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2546 * hardware flags.
2547 *
2548 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2549 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2550 * turned off otherwise.
2551 *
2552 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2553 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2554 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2555 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2556 */
2557
75a5f0cc
JB
2558/**
2559 * DOC: Frame filtering
2560 *
2561 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2562 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2563 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2564 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2565 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2566 *
2567 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2568 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2569 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2570 *
3ac64bee
JB
2571 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2572 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2573 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2574 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2575 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2576 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2577 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
75a5f0cc
JB
2578 *
2579 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2580 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2581 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2582 * or dropped.
2583 *
d0f5afbe
MB
2584 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2585 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2586 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2587 * the flag, but not clear it.
2588 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2589 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2590 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2591 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2592 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2593 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2594 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2595 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
4150c572 2596 */
75a5f0cc 2597
4b801bc9
JB
2598/**
2599 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2600 *
2601 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2602 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2603 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2604 *
2605 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2606 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2607 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2608 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2609 * the driver code.
2610 *
2611 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2612 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2613 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2614 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2615 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2616 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2617 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2618 *
2619 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2620 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2621 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2622 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2623 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2624 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2625 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2626 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2627 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2628 * @sta_notify callback.
2629 *
2630 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2631 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2632 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2633 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2634 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2635 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2636 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
02f2f1a9 2637 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
4b801bc9
JB
2638 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2639 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2640 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2641 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2642 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2643 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2644 *
02f2f1a9
JB
2645 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2646 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2647 *
4b801bc9
JB
2648 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2649 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2650 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2651 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2652 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2653 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2654 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2655 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2656 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2657 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2658 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2659 *
2660 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2661 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2662 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2663 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2664 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2665 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2666 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2667 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2668 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2669 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
e227867f 2670 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
4b801bc9
JB
2671 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2672 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2673 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2674 *
2675 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2676 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2677 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2678 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2679 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
e943789e 2680 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
4b801bc9
JB
2681 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2682 *
2683 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2684 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2685 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2686 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
e943789e 2687 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
b77cf4f8
JB
2688 *
2689 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2690 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2691 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2692 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
4b801bc9
JB
2693 */
2694
3a25a8c8
JB
2695/**
2696 * DOC: HW queue control
2697 *
2698 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2699 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2700 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2701 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2702 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2703 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2704 *
2705 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2706 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2707 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2708 *
2709 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2710 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2711 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2712 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2713 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2714 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2715 * the hardware queue.
2716 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2717 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2718 *
2719 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2720 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2721 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2722 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2723 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2724 *
2725 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2726 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
2727 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
2728 * off-channel queue: 9
2729 *
2730 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
2731 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
2732 *
2733 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
2734 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
2735 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
2736 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
2737 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
2738 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2739 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
2740 *
2741 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
2742 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
2743 *
2744 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2745 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
2746 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
2747 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
2748 */
2749
75a5f0cc
JB
2750/**
2751 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
2752 *
2753 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
2754 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
2755 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
2756 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
2757 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2758 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
2759 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
2760 * multicast address.
2761 *
2762 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
2763 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
2764 *
2765 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
2766 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
2767 *
2768 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
2769 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
2770 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
2771 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
2772 * honour this flag if possible.
2773 *
df140465
JB
2774 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
2775 * station
75a5f0cc
JB
2776 *
2777 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
e3b90ca2 2778 *
c2d3955b 2779 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
7be5086d
JB
2780 *
2781 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
4150c572 2782 */
75a5f0cc 2783enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
75a5f0cc
JB
2784 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
2785 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
2786 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
2787 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
2788 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
2789 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
e3b90ca2 2790 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
7be5086d 2791 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
75a5f0cc
JB
2792};
2793
1b7d03ac
RR
2794/**
2795 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
2796 *
2797 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
2798 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
827d42c9
JB
2799 *
2800 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
2801 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
5d22c89b 2802 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
827d42c9
JB
2803 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
2804 *
18b559d5
JB
2805 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
2806 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
2807 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
b1720231 2808 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
18b559d5
JB
2809 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
2810 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
2811 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
2812 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
2813 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
2814 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
2815 * session is gone and removes the station.
2816 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
2817 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
2818 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
2819 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
1b7d03ac
RR
2820 */
2821enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
2822 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
2823 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
0df3ef45 2824 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
18b559d5
JB
2825 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
2826 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
2827 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
b1720231 2828 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
1b7d03ac 2829};
75a5f0cc 2830
50ea05ef
SS
2831/**
2832 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
2833 *
2834 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
2835 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
2836 * @tid: tid of the BA session
2837 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
2838 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
2839 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
2840 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
2841 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
2842 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
2843 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
2844 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
2845 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
2846 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
2847 */
2848struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
2849 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
2850 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2851 u16 tid;
2852 u16 ssn;
2853 u8 buf_size;
2854 bool amsdu;
2855 u16 timeout;
2856};
2857
4049e09a
JB
2858/**
2859 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
2860 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
47086fc5
JB
2861 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
2862 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
4049e09a
JB
2863 */
2864enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
2865 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
47086fc5 2866 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
4049e09a
JB
2867};
2868
8f727ef3
JB
2869/**
2870 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
2871 *
2872 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
e1a0c6b3
JB
2873 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
2874 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
2875 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
8f727ef3 2876 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
e687f61e
AQ
2877 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
2878 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
2879 * the peer.
0af83d3d
JB
2880 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
2881 * by the peer
8f727ef3
JB
2882 */
2883enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
2884 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
2885 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
e687f61e 2886 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
0af83d3d 2887 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
8f727ef3
JB
2888};
2889
d339d5ca
IP
2890/**
2891 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
2892 *
2893 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
2894 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
2895 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
2896 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
2897 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
2898 *
2899 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
2900 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
2901 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
2902 */
2903enum ieee80211_roc_type {
2904 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
2905 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
2906};
2907
cf2c92d8
EP
2908/**
2909 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
2910 *
2911 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
2912 * reconfiguration type was completed.
2913 *
2914 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
2915 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
2916 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
2917 * of wowlan configuration)
2918 */
2919enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
2920 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
2921 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
2922};
2923
75a5f0cc
JB
2924/**
2925 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
2926 *
2927 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
2928 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
2929 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
2930 *
2931 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
2932 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
2933 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
eefce91a 2934 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
11127e91 2935 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
11127e91 2936 * Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
2937 *
2938 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
2939 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
2940 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
2941 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
2942 * or zero.
2943 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
2944 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
2945 * is added.
e1781ed3 2946 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
2947 *
2948 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
2949 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
2950 * it must turn off frame reception.)
2951 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
42935eca
LR
2952 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
2953 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
e1781ed3 2954 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 2955 *
eecc4800
JB
2956 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
2957 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
2958 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
2959 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
2960 * reconfigured at resume time.
2b4562df
JB
2961 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
2962 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
2963 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
2964 * must return 1 from this function.
eecc4800
JB
2965 *
2966 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
2967 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
2968 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
2969 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
2970 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
2971 *
d13e1414
JB
2972 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
2973 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
2974 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
2975 * in suspend().
2976 *
75a5f0cc 2977 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
e37d4dff 2978 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
75a5f0cc
JB
2979 * and @stop must be implemented.
2980 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
2981 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
2982 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
2983 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
2984 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
e1781ed3 2985 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 2986 *
34d4bc4d
JB
2987 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
2988 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
2989 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
2990 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
2991 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
2992 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2993 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
2994 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
2995 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
2996 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
2997 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
2998 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
2999 * MAC address of the device going away.
e1781ed3 3000 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3001 *
3002 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3003 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
6dd1bf31 3004 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
e1781ed3 3005 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3006 *
471b3efd
JB
3007 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3008 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3009 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3010 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3011 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
e1781ed3
KV
3012 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3013 * can sleep.
471b3efd 3014 *
3ac64bee
JB
3015 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3016 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3017 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3018 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3019 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3020 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
e1781ed3 3021 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3022 *
1b09b556
AO
3023 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3024 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3025 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3026 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3027 * which flags are changed.
3028 * This callback can sleep.
3029 *
546c80c9 3030 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
17741cdc 3031 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3032 *
3033 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
e1781ed3
KV
3034 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3035 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
dc822b5d 3036 * is enabled.
6dd1bf31 3037 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
e1781ed3 3038 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3039 *
9ae4fda3
EG
3040 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3041 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3042 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
eb807fb2 3043 * The callback must be atomic.
9ae4fda3 3044 *
c68f4b89
JB
3045 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3046 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3047 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3048 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3049 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3050 *
de5fad81
YD
3051 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3052 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3053 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3054 *
75a5f0cc 3055 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
8318d78a 3056 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
9050bdd8
KV
3057 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3058 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
de95a54b
JB
3059 * that power save is disabled.
3060 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3061 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3062 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3063 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3064 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3065 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3066 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
e1781ed3 3067 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3068 *
b856439b
EP
3069 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3070 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3071 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3072 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3073 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3074 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3075 * The callback can sleep.
3076 *
79f460ca
LC
3077 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3078 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3079 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3080 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3081 *
3082 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
37e3308c 3083 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
79f460ca 3084 *
80e775bf
MB
3085 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3086 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
a344d677
JB
3087 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3088 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3089 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3090 *
e1781ed3
KV
3091 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3092 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3093 * this notification.
3094 * The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3095 *
6dd1bf31
BC
3096 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3097 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
e1781ed3 3098 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3099 *
9352c19f
JB
3100 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3101 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3102 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
e1781ed3 3103 * The callback must be atomic.
75a5f0cc 3104 *
f23a4780 3105 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
f3fe4e93
SS
3106 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3107 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3108 * should be set as well.
f23a4780
AN
3109 * The callback can sleep.
3110 *
75a5f0cc 3111 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
e1781ed3 3112 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3113 *
34e89507
JB
3114 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3115 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3116 *
3117 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
6a9d1b91
JB
3118 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3119 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3120 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3121 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3122 * This callback can sleep.
34e89507 3123 *
77d2ece6
SM
3124 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3125 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
c7e9dbcf
JB
3126 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3127 * callback can sleep.
77d2ece6 3128 *
34e89507 3129 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
d057e5a3
AN
3130 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3131 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3132 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
4571d3bf 3133 *
f09603a2
JB
3134 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3135 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3136 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3137 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
6a9d1b91
JB
3138 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3139 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3140 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3141 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3142 * The callback can sleep.
3143 *
3144 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3145 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3146 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3147 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3148 * in @sta_state.
f09603a2
JB
3149 * The callback can sleep.
3150 *
8f727ef3
JB
3151 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3152 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3153 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3154 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3155 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3156 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3157 * Must be atomic.
f815e2b3
JB
3158 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3159 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3160 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
8f727ef3 3161 *
2b9a7e1b
JB
3162 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3163 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3164 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3165 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3166 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3167 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3168 * The callback can sleep.
3169 *
75a5f0cc 3170 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
fe3fa827 3171 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
6dd1bf31 3172 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
e1781ed3 3173 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3174 *
75a5f0cc 3175 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
3b5d665b 3176 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3177 * required function.
e1781ed3 3178 * The callback can sleep.
3b5d665b
AF
3179 *
3180 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
ad24b0da 3181 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3182 * required function.
e1781ed3 3183 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3184 *
354d381b
PT
3185 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3186 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3187 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3188 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3189 * The callback can sleep.
3190 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3191 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3192 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3193 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3194 * TSF synchronization.
e1781ed3 3195 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3196 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3197 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3198 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3199 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
6dd1bf31 3200 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
e1781ed3 3201 * The callback can sleep.
d3c990fb 3202 *
1b7d03ac
RR
3203 * @ampdu_action: Perform a certain A-MPDU action
3204 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3205 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
50ea05ef 3206 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
fad47186 3207 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
50ea05ef 3208 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
5312c3f6
JB
3209 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3210 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3211 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3212 * - TX: 1.....7
3213 * - RX: 2....7 (lost frame #1)
3214 * - TX: 8..1...
3215 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3216 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3217 * - TX: 1 or 18 or 81
3218 * Even "189" would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3219 *
6dd1bf31 3220 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
85ad181e 3221 * The callback can sleep.
1f87f7d3 3222 *
4e8998f0
RD
3223 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3224 *
1f87f7d3
JB
3225 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3226 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3227 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
e1781ed3 3228 * The callback can sleep.
aff89a9b 3229 *
310bc676
LT
3230 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3231 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
a4bcaf55
LB
3232 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3233 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3234 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
310bc676 3235 *
52981cd7
DS
3236 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3237 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
71063f0e 3238 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
a80f7c0b
JB
3239 *
3240 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
39ecc01d
JB
3241 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3242 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3243 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3244 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
77be2c54 3245 * Note that vif can be NULL.
39ecc01d 3246 * The callback can sleep.
5ce6e438
JB
3247 *
3248 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3249 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3250 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3251 * completion of the channel switch.
4e6cbfd0 3252 *
79b1c460
BR
3253 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3254 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3255 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3256 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3257 *
3258 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
4976b4eb
JB
3259 *
3260 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3261 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3262 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3263 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3264 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3265 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
196ac1c1 3266 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
196ac1c1
JB
3267 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3268 * must be accepted in this case.
3269 * This callback may sleep.
4976b4eb
JB
3270 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3271 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
38c09159
JL
3272 *
3273 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3274 *
3275 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
e8306f98
VN
3276 *
3277 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3278 * queues before entering power save.
bdbfd6b5
SM
3279 *
3280 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3281 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3282 * The callback can sleep.
a8182929
EG
3283 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3284 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
6382246e 3285 * The callback must be atomic.
4049e09a
JB
3286 *
3287 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3288 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3289 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3290 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
e227867f 3291 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
4049e09a
JB
3292 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3293 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3294 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3295 * more-data bit must always be set.
3296 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3297 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
deeaee19
JB
3298 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3299 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3300 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3301 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3302 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3303 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
4049e09a
JB
3304 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3305 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3306 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
47086fc5
JB
3307 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3308 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
37fbd908 3309 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
e943789e 3310 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
4049e09a 3311 * This callback must be atomic.
40b96408
JB
3312 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3313 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3314 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
02f2f1a9 3315 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
40b96408
JB
3316 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3317 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3318 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3319 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
37fbd908 3320 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
e943789e 3321 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
40b96408
JB
3322 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3323 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3324 * This callback must be atomic.
e352114f
BG
3325 *
3326 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3327 *
3328 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3329 *
3330 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3331 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3332 *
a1845fc7
JB
3333 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3334 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3335 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3336 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3337 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3338 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3339 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3340 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3341 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
3342 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3343 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
3344 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
c3645eac 3345 *
ee10f2c7
AN
3346 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3347 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3348 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3349 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3350 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3351 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3352 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3353 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3354 *
c3645eac 3355 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
dcae9e02 3356 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac 3357 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
dcae9e02 3358 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3359 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3360 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3361 * channel context with different settings
dcae9e02 3362 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3363 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3364 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
dcae9e02 3365 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3366 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3367 * unbound from vif.
dcae9e02 3368 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13
LC
3369 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3370 * another, as specified in the list of
3371 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3372 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
dcae9e02 3373 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13 3374 *
1041638f
JB
3375 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3376 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3377 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3378 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3379 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3380 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3381 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
9214ad7f 3382 *
cf2c92d8
EP
3383 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3384 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3385 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3386 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3387 * This callback may sleep.
8f21b0ad 3388 *
a65240c1
JB
3389 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3390 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3391 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
73da7d5b
SW
3392 *
3393 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3394 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3395 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
66e01cf9 3396 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
73da7d5b
SW
3397 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3398 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
66e01cf9 3399 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
73da7d5b 3400 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
66e01cf9
LC
3401 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3402 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
6d027bcc
LC
3403 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3404 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
3405 * gets a CSA or an userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
3406 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
f1d65583
LC
3407 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3408 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3409 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
73da7d5b 3410 *
55fff501
JB
3411 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3412 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3413 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3414 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
cca674d4
AQ
3415 *
3416 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3417 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3418 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
5b3dc42b
FF
3419 *
3420 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3421 * and hardware limits.
a7a6bdd0
AN
3422 *
3423 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3424 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3425 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3426 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3427 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3428 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3429 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3430 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3431 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
8a4d32f3
AN
3432 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3433 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3434 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3435 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3436 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3437 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3438 * the function call.
ba8c3d6f
FF
3439 *
3440 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
f59374eb
SS
3441 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3442 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3443 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3444 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
708d50ed
AB
3445 *
3446 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3447 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
5953ff6d
AB
3448 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3449 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3450 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3451 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3452 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3453 * changed parameters.
167e33f4
AB
3454 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3455 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3456 * this call.
3457 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3458 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3459 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
75a5f0cc 3460 */
f0706e82 3461struct ieee80211_ops {
36323f81
TH
3462 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3463 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3464 struct sk_buff *skb);
4150c572 3465 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4150c572 3466 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
eecc4800
JB
3467#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3468 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3469 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6d52563f 3470 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
eecc4800 3471#endif
f0706e82 3472 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3473 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
34d4bc4d
JB
3474 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3475 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2ca27bcf 3476 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
f0706e82 3477 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3478 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
e8975581 3479 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
471b3efd
JB
3480 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3481 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3482 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3483 u32 changed);
b2abb6e2 3484
1041638f
JB
3485 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3486 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3487
3ac64bee 3488 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
22bedad3 3489 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
4150c572
JB
3490 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3491 unsigned int changed_flags,
3492 unsigned int *total_flags,
3ac64bee 3493 u64 multicast);
1b09b556
AO
3494 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3495 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3496 unsigned int filter_flags,
3497 unsigned int changed_flags);
17741cdc
JB
3498 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3499 bool set);
ea49c359 3500 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
dc822b5d 3501 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
11a843b7 3502 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
9ae4fda3 3503 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
b3fbdcf4
JB
3504 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3505 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3506 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3507 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
c68f4b89
JB
3508 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3509 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3510 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
de5fad81
YD
3511 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3512 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
a060bbfe 3513 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
c56ef672 3514 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
b856439b
EP
3515 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3516 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
79f460ca
LC
3517 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3518 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3519 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
633e2713 3520 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
37e3308c 3521 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
79f460ca 3522 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
a344d677
JB
3523 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3524 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3525 const u8 *mac_addr);
3526 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3527 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82
JB
3528 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3529 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
9352c19f
JB
3530 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3531 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3532 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
f23a4780 3533 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
f0706e82 3534 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
34e89507
JB
3535 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3536 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3537 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3538 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
77d2ece6
SM
3539#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3540 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3541 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3542 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3543 struct dentry *dir);
77d2ece6 3544#endif
32bfd35d 3545 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc 3546 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
f09603a2
JB
3547 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3548 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3549 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3550 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
6a9d1b91
JB
3551 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3552 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3553 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8f727ef3
JB
3554 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3555 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3556 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3557 u32 changed);
f815e2b3
JB
3558 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3559 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3560 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
2b9a7e1b
JB
3561 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3562 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3563 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3564 struct station_info *sinfo);
8a3a3c85 3565 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a3304b0a 3566 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
f0706e82 3567 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
37a41b4a
EP
3568 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3569 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3570 u64 tsf);
354d381b
PT
3571 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3572 s64 offset);
37a41b4a 3573 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 3574 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
1b7d03ac 3575 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
c951ad35 3576 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
50ea05ef 3577 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
1289723e
HS
3578 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3579 struct survey_info *survey);
1f87f7d3 3580 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
a4bcaf55 3581 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
aff89a9b 3582#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
52981cd7
DS
3583 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3584 void *data, int len);
71063f0e
WYG
3585 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3586 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3587 void *data, int len);
aff89a9b 3588#endif
77be2c54
EG
3589 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3590 u32 queues, bool drop);
5ce6e438 3591 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
0f791eb4 3592 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5ce6e438 3593 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
15d96753
BR
3594 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3595 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
21f83589
JB
3596
3597 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
49884568 3598 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
21f83589 3599 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
d339d5ca
IP
3600 int duration,
3601 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
21f83589 3602 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
38c09159
JL
3603 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3604 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3605 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
e8306f98 3606 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
bdbfd6b5
SM
3607 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3608 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
a8182929
EG
3609 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3610 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3611 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
4049e09a 3612
40b96408
JB
3613 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3614 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3615 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3616 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3617 bool more_data);
4049e09a
JB
3618 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3619 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3620 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3621 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3622 bool more_data);
e352114f
BG
3623
3624 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3625 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3626 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3627 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3628 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3629 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3630 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3631 u32 sset, u8 *data);
a1845fc7
JB
3632
3633 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3634 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
c3645eac 3635
ee10f2c7
AN
3636 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3637 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3638
c3645eac
MK
3639 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3640 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3641 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3642 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3643 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3644 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3645 u32 changed);
3646 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3647 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3648 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3649 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3650 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3651 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
1a5f0c13
LC
3652 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3653 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3654 int n_vifs,
3655 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
9214ad7f 3656
cf2c92d8
EP
3657 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3658 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
a65240c1
JB
3659
3660#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3661 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3662 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3663 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3664#endif
73da7d5b
SW
3665 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3666 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3667 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6d027bcc
LC
3668 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3669 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3670 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
55fff501 3671
f1d65583
LC
3672 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3673 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3674
55fff501
JB
3675 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3676 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
2439ca04
MA
3677 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3678 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
5b3dc42b
FF
3679 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3680 int *dbm);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3681
3682 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3683 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3684 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
3685 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8a4d32f3 3686 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3687 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3688 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3689 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8a4d32f3
AN
3690 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3691 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3692 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
ba8c3d6f
FF
3693
3694 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3695 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f59374eb 3696 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
708d50ed
AB
3697
3698 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3699 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3700 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3701 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3702 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5953ff6d
AB
3703 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3704 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3705 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
167e33f4
AB
3706 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3707 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3708 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3709 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3710 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3711 u8 instance_id);
f0706e82
JB
3712};
3713
75a5f0cc 3714/**
ad28757e 3715 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
75a5f0cc
JB
3716 *
3717 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3718 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3719 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3720 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3721 * @priv_data_len.
3722 *
3723 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3724 * @ops: callbacks for this device
ad28757e
BG
3725 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
3726 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
0ae997dc
YB
3727 *
3728 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
f0706e82 3729 */
ad28757e
BG
3730struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
3731 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
3732 const char *requested_name);
3733
3734/**
3735 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
3736 *
3737 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3738 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3739 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3740 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3741 * @priv_data_len.
3742 *
3743 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3744 * @ops: callbacks for this device
3745 *
3746 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
3747 */
3748static inline
f0706e82 3749struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
ad28757e
BG
3750 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
3751{
3752 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
3753}
f0706e82 3754
75a5f0cc
JB
3755/**
3756 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
3757 *
dbbea671
JB
3758 * You must call this function before any other functions in
3759 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
3760 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
75a5f0cc
JB
3761 *
3762 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
0ae997dc
YB
3763 *
3764 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
75a5f0cc 3765 */
f0706e82
JB
3766int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3767
e1e54068
JB
3768/**
3769 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
3770 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
3771 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
3772 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
3773 */
3774struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
3775 int throughput;
3776 int blink_time;
3777};
3778
67408c8c
JB
3779/**
3780 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
3781 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
3782 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
3783 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
3784 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
3785 */
3786enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
3787 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
3788 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
3789 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
3790};
3791
f0706e82 3792#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
f5c4ae07
JB
3793const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3794const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3795const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3796const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3797const char *
3798__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3799 unsigned int flags,
3800 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
3801 unsigned int blink_table_len);
f0706e82 3802#endif
75a5f0cc
JB
3803/**
3804 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
3805 *
3806 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3807 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3808 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3809 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3810 *
3811 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3812 *
3813 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 3814 */
f5c4ae07 3815static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
3816{
3817#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3818 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
3819#else
3820 return NULL;
3821#endif
3822}
3823
75a5f0cc
JB
3824/**
3825 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
3826 *
3827 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3828 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3829 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3830 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3831 *
3832 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3833 *
3834 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 3835 */
f5c4ae07 3836static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
3837{
3838#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3839 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
3840#else
3841 return NULL;
3842#endif
3843}
3844
cdcb006f
ID
3845/**
3846 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
3847 *
3848 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3849 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3850 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3851 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3852 *
3853 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3854 *
3855 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 3856 */
f5c4ae07 3857static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
47f0c502
MB
3858{
3859#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3860 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
3861#else
3862 return NULL;
3863#endif
3864}
3865
cdcb006f
ID
3866/**
3867 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
3868 *
3869 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3870 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3871 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3872 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3873 *
3874 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3875 *
3876 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 3877 */
f5c4ae07 3878static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
cdcb006f
ID
3879{
3880#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3881 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
3882#else
3883 return NULL;
3884#endif
3885}
47f0c502 3886
e1e54068
JB
3887/**
3888 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
3889 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
67408c8c 3890 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
e1e54068
JB
3891 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
3892 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
3893 *
0ae997dc
YB
3894 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
3895 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
3896 *
3897 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
e1e54068 3898 */
f5c4ae07 3899static inline const char *
67408c8c 3900ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
e1e54068
JB
3901 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
3902 unsigned int blink_table_len)
3903{
3904#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
67408c8c 3905 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
e1e54068
JB
3906 blink_table_len);
3907#else
3908 return NULL;
3909#endif
3910}
3911
75a5f0cc
JB
3912/**
3913 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
3914 *
3915 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
3916 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
3917 *
3918 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
3919 */
f0706e82
JB
3920void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3921
75a5f0cc
JB
3922/**
3923 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
3924 *
3925 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
3926 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
6ef307bc 3927 * before calling this function.
75a5f0cc
JB
3928 *
3929 * @hw: the hardware to free
3930 */
f0706e82
JB
3931void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3932
f2753ddb
JB
3933/**
3934 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
3935 *
3936 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
3937 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
3938 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
3939 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
3940 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
3941 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
3942 *
3943 * @hw: the hardware to restart
3944 */
3945void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3946
06d181a8 3947/**
af9f9b22 3948 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 3949 *
af9f9b22
JB
3950 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
3951 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
3952 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
3953 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
3954 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
3955 *
3956 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
3957 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
3958 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
3959 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
3960 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
3961 *
3962 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
3963 *
3964 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
d63b548f 3965 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
af9f9b22
JB
3966 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
3967 * @napi: the NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 3968 */
d63b548f
JB
3969void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3970 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
4e6cbfd0 3971
75a5f0cc
JB
3972/**
3973 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
3974 *
3975 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
e3cf8b3f
ZY
3976 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
3977 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
3978 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
3979 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
75a5f0cc 3980 *
2485f710 3981 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
e36e49f7
KV
3982 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
3983 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
f6b3d85f
FF
3984 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
3985 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc 3986 *
e36e49f7 3987 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
d20ef63d 3988 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3989 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
3990 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 3991 */
af9f9b22
JB
3992static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
3993{
d63b548f 3994 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
af9f9b22 3995}
75a5f0cc
JB
3996
3997/**
3998 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
3999 *
4000 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
2485f710
JB
4001 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4002 *
e36e49f7 4003 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
f6b3d85f
FF
4004 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4005 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc
JB
4006 *
4007 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4008 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4009 */
f1d58c25 4010void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4011
e36e49f7
KV
4012/**
4013 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4014 *
4015 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4016 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4017 *
4018 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
f6b3d85f
FF
4019 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4020 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
e36e49f7
KV
4021 *
4022 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4023 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4024 */
4025static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4026 struct sk_buff *skb)
4027{
4028 local_bh_disable();
4029 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4030 local_bh_enable();
4031}
4032
d057e5a3
AN
4033/**
4034 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4035 *
4036 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4037 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4038 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4039 *
4040 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4041 *
4042 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4043 * each other.
4044 *
d057e5a3
AN
4045 * @sta: currently connected sta
4046 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4047 *
4048 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
d057e5a3
AN
4049 */
4050int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4051
4052/**
4053 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4054 * (in process context)
4055 *
4056 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4057 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4058 * applies.
4059 *
4060 * @sta: currently connected sta
4061 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4062 *
4063 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
d057e5a3
AN
4064 */
4065static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4066 bool start)
4067{
4068 int ret;
4069
4070 local_bh_disable();
4071 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4072 local_bh_enable();
4073
4074 return ret;
4075}
4076
46fa38e8
JB
4077/**
4078 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4079 * @sta: currently connected station
4080 *
4081 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4082 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4083 * connected station was received.
4084 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4085 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4086 * be serialized.
4087 */
4088void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4089
4090/**
4091 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4092 * @sta: currently connected station
4093 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4094 *
4095 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4096 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4097 * from a connected station was received.
4098 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4099 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4100 * serialized.
0aa419ec
EG
4101 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4102 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4103 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4104 * checks.
46fa38e8
JB
4105 */
4106void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4107
d24deb25
GW
4108/*
4109 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4110 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4111 */
7f2a5e21 4112#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM 14
d24deb25 4113
dcf55fb5 4114/**
042ec453 4115 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
bdfbe804 4116 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
042ec453
JB
4117 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4118 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
dcf55fb5
FF
4119 *
4120 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
042ec453
JB
4121 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4122 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
4123 *
4124 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4125 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4126 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4127 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4128 *
4129 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4130 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4131 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4132 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4133 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4134 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4135 *
4136 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4137 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4138 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4139 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4140 * use this API.
4141 */
4142void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4143 u8 tid, bool buffered);
dcf55fb5 4144
0d528d85
FF
4145/**
4146 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4147 *
4148 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4149 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4150 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4151 *
4152 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4153 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4154 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4155 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4156 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4157 */
4158void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4159 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4160 struct sk_buff *skb,
4161 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4162 int max_rates);
4163
75a5f0cc
JB
4164/**
4165 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4166 *
4167 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4168 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4169 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4170 *
2485f710
JB
4171 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4172 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
20ed3166 4173 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
f6b3d85f
FF
4174 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4175 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
2485f710 4176 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4177 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4178 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4179 */
f0706e82 4180void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4181 struct sk_buff *skb);
2485f710 4182
f027c2ac
FF
4183/**
4184 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4185 *
4186 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4187 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4188 * specific skbs.
4189 *
4190 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4191 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4192 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4193 *
4194 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4195 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4196 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4197 * @info: tx status information
4198 */
4199void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4200 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4201 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4202
20ed3166
JS
4203/**
4204 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4205 *
4206 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4207 *
4208 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4209 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4210 * for a single hardware.
4211 *
4212 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4213 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4214 */
4215static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4216 struct sk_buff *skb)
4217{
4218 local_bh_disable();
4219 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4220 local_bh_enable();
4221}
4222
2485f710 4223/**
6ef307bc 4224 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
2485f710
JB
4225 *
4226 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4227 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4228 *
20ed3166
JS
4229 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4230 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
2485f710
JB
4231 *
4232 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4233 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
2485f710 4234 */
f0706e82 4235void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4236 struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4237
8178d38b
AN
4238/**
4239 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4240 *
4241 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4242 * connected STA.
4243 *
4244 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4245 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4246 */
4247void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4248
1af586c9
AO
4249#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4250
6ec8c332
AO
4251/**
4252 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4253 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4254 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
8d77ec85
LC
4255 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4256 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4257 * should be ignored.
6ec8c332
AO
4258 */
4259struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4260 u16 tim_offset;
4261 u16 tim_length;
1af586c9
AO
4262
4263 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
6ec8c332
AO
4264};
4265
4266/**
4267 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4268 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4269 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4270 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4271 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4272 *
4273 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4274 * obtain the beacon template.
4275 *
4276 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4277 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
1af586c9
AO
4278 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4279 * applicable, the CSA count.
6ec8c332
AO
4280 *
4281 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4282 *
4283 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4284 */
4285struct sk_buff *
4286ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4287 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4288 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4289
f0706e82 4290/**
eddcbb94 4291 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
f0706e82 4292 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4293 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4294 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4295 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4296 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4297 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4298 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4299 *
4300 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
6ec8c332 4301 * obtain the beacon frame.
f0706e82
JB
4302 *
4303 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
eddcbb94 4304 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
6ec8c332
AO
4305 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4306 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
eddcbb94
JB
4307 *
4308 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
0ae997dc
YB
4309 *
4310 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
eddcbb94
JB
4311 */
4312struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4313 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4314 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4315
4316/**
4317 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4318 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4319 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4320 *
4321 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
0ae997dc
YB
4322 *
4323 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
f0706e82 4324 */
eddcbb94
JB
4325static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4326 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4327{
4328 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4329}
f0706e82 4330
1af586c9
AO
4331/**
4332 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4333 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4334 *
4335 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4336 * This function is called implicitly when
4337 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4338 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4339 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4340 *
4341 * Return: new csa counter value
4342 */
4343u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4344
73da7d5b
SW
4345/**
4346 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4347 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4348 *
4349 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
66e01cf9 4350 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
73da7d5b
SW
4351 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4352 */
4353void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4354
4355/**
66e01cf9 4356 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
73da7d5b
SW
4357 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4358 *
4359 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4360 */
4361bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4362
4363
02945821
AN
4364/**
4365 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4366 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4367 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4368 *
4369 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4370 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4371 *
4372 * Can only be called in AP mode.
0ae997dc
YB
4373 *
4374 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
02945821
AN
4375 */
4376struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4377 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4378
7044cc56
KV
4379/**
4380 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4381 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4382 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4383 *
4384 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4385 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4386 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4387 *
4388 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4389 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
0ae997dc
YB
4390 *
4391 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4392 */
4393struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4394 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4395
4396/**
4397 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4398 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4399 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4400 *
4401 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4402 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4403 * BSSID and address is used.
4404 *
4405 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4406 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
0ae997dc
YB
4407 *
4408 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4409 */
4410struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4411 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4412
05e54ea6
KV
4413/**
4414 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4415 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
a344d677 4416 * @src_addr: source MAC address
05e54ea6
KV
4417 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4418 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
b9a9ada1 4419 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
05e54ea6
KV
4420 *
4421 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4422 * hardware.
0ae997dc
YB
4423 *
4424 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
05e54ea6
KV
4425 */
4426struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a344d677 4427 const u8 *src_addr,
05e54ea6 4428 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
b9a9ada1 4429 size_t tailroom);
05e54ea6 4430
f0706e82
JB
4431/**
4432 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4433 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4434 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4435 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4436 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4437 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4438 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4439 *
4440 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4441 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4442 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4443 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4444 */
32bfd35d 4445void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4446 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4447 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4448 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4449
4450/**
4451 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4452 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4453 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4454 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
e039fa4a 4455 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4456 *
4457 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4458 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4459 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4460 *
4461 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4462 */
32bfd35d
JB
4463__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4464 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4465 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4466
4467/**
4468 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4469 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4470 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4471 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4472 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4473 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4474 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4475 *
4476 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4477 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4478 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4479 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4480 */
32bfd35d
JB
4481void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4482 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4483 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4484 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4485 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4486
4487/**
4488 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4489 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4490 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4491 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
e039fa4a 4492 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4493 *
4494 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4495 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4496 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4497 *
4498 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4499 */
32bfd35d
JB
4500__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4501 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4502 size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4503 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4504
4505/**
4506 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4507 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4508 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
d13e1414 4509 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
f0706e82 4510 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
8318d78a 4511 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
f0706e82
JB
4512 *
4513 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4514 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
0ae997dc
YB
4515 *
4516 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4517 */
32bfd35d
JB
4518__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4519 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
57fbcce3 4520 enum nl80211_band band,
f0706e82 4521 size_t frame_len,
8318d78a 4522 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
f0706e82
JB
4523
4524/**
4525 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4526 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4527 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4528 *
4529 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4530 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4531 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4532 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
0ae997dc
YB
4533 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4534 *
4535 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4536 * frames are available.
f0706e82
JB
4537 *
4538 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4539 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4540 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4541 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4542 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4543 * use common code for all beacons.
4544 */
4545struct sk_buff *
e039fa4a 4546ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 4547
42d98795
JB
4548/**
4549 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4550 *
4551 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4552 *
4553 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4554 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4555 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4556 */
4557void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4558 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4559
5d2cdcd4 4560/**
523b02ea
JB
4561 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
4562 *
4563 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4564 * from the given packet.
4565 *
4566 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4567 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4568 * with this P1K
4569 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4570 */
42d98795
JB
4571static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4572 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4573{
4574 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4575 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4576 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4577
4578 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4579}
523b02ea 4580
8bca5d81
JB
4581/**
4582 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4583 *
4584 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4585 * and transmitter address.
4586 *
4587 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4588 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4589 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4590 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4591 */
4592void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4593 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4594
523b02ea
JB
4595/**
4596 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5d2cdcd4 4597 *
523b02ea
JB
4598 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
4599 * in the packet.
5d2cdcd4
EG
4600 *
4601 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
523b02ea
JB
4602 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
4603 * encrypted with this key
4604 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5d2cdcd4 4605 */
523b02ea
JB
4606void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4607 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
c68f4b89 4608
f8079d43
EP
4609/**
4610 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
4611 *
4612 * @pos: start of crypto header
4613 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4614 * @pn: PN to add
4615 *
4616 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
4617 * the packet payload)
4618 *
4619 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
4620 * point to the crypto header)
4621 */
4622u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
4623
3ea542d3
JB
4624/**
4625 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
4626 *
4627 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 4628 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
3ea542d3
JB
4629 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4630 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4631 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
4632 *
4633 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
4634 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
4635 * by the device and not by mac80211.
4636 *
4637 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4638 * can be done concurrently.
4639 */
4640void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4641 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4642
27b3eb9c
JB
4643/**
4644 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
4645 *
4646 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 4647 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
27b3eb9c
JB
4648 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4649 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4650 * @seq: new sequence data
4651 *
4652 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
4653 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
4654 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
4655 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
4656 *
4657 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4658 * can be done concurrently.
4659 */
4660void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4661 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4662
4663/**
4664 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
4665 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4666 *
4667 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
4668 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
4669 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
4670 *
4671 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
4672 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
4673 */
4674void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4675
4676/**
4677 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
4678 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
4679 * @keyconf: new key data
4680 *
4681 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
4682 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
4683 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
4684 *
4685 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
4686 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
4687 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
4688 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
4689 *
4690 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
4691 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
4692 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
4693 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
4694 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
4695 * of the reconfiguration.
4696 *
4697 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
4698 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
4699 *
4700 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
4701 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
4702 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
4703 * the key that's being replaced.
4704 */
4705struct ieee80211_key_conf *
4706ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4707 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4708
c68f4b89
JB
4709/**
4710 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
4711 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
4712 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
4713 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
4714 * @gfp: allocation flags
4715 */
4716void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
4717 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
4718
f0706e82
JB
4719/**
4720 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
4721 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4722 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4723 *
4724 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
4725 */
4726void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4727
4728/**
4729 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
4730 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4731 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4732 *
4733 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4734 */
4735void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4736
92ab8535
TW
4737/**
4738 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
4739 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4740 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4741 *
4742 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
0ae997dc
YB
4743 *
4744 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
92ab8535
TW
4745 */
4746
4747int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4748
f0706e82
JB
4749/**
4750 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
4751 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4752 *
4753 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4754 */
4755void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4756
4757/**
4758 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
4759 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4760 *
4761 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
4762 */
4763void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4764
75a5f0cc
JB
4765/**
4766 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
4767 *
4768 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
4769 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
8789d459
JB
4770 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
4771 * any context, including hardirq context.
75a5f0cc
JB
4772 *
4773 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
7947d3e0 4774 * @info: information about the completed scan
75a5f0cc 4775 */
7947d3e0
AS
4776void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4777 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
f0706e82 4778
79f460ca
LC
4779/**
4780 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
4781 *
4782 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
4783 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
4784 *
4785 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
4786 */
4787void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4788
4789/**
4790 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
4791 *
4792 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
4793 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
4794 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
4795 * while associating, for instance.
4796 *
4797 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
4798 */
4799void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4800
8b2c9824
JB
4801/**
4802 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
4803 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
4804 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
4805 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
4806 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
4807 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
4808 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
4809 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
3384d757 4810 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
8b2c9824
JB
4811 */
4812enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
4813 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
4814 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
3384d757 4815 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
8b2c9824
JB
4816};
4817
3384d757
AN
4818/**
4819 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
4820 *
4821 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
4822 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
4823 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
4824 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
4825 *
4826 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
4827 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
4828 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
4829 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4830 */
4831void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
4832 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
4833 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
4834 void *data);
4835
dabeb344 4836/**
6ef307bc 4837 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
dabeb344
JB
4838 *
4839 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
4840 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
2f561feb
ID
4841 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
4842 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
4843 * be used.
8b2c9824 4844 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
dabeb344
JB
4845 *
4846 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 4847 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb 4848 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
dabeb344
JB
4849 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4850 */
3384d757
AN
4851static inline void
4852ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
4853 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
4854 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
4855 void *data)
4856{
4857 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
4858 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
4859 iterator, data);
4860}
dabeb344 4861
2f561feb
ID
4862/**
4863 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
4864 *
4865 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
4866 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
4867 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
4868 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
8b2c9824 4869 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
2f561feb
ID
4870 *
4871 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 4872 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb
ID
4873 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
4874 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4875 */
4876void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
8b2c9824 4877 u32 iter_flags,
2f561feb
ID
4878 void (*iterator)(void *data,
4879 u8 *mac,
4880 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
4881 void *data);
4882
c7c71066
JB
4883/**
4884 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
4885 *
4886 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
4887 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
4888 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
4889 *
4890 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
4891 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
4892 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
4893 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4894 */
4895void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4896 u32 iter_flags,
4897 void (*iterator)(void *data,
4898 u8 *mac,
4899 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
4900 void *data);
4901
0fc1e049
AN
4902/**
4903 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
4904 *
4905 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
4906 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
4907 * function for them.
4908 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
4909 *
4910 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
4911 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
4912 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4913 */
4914void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4915 void (*iterator)(void *data,
4916 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
4917 void *data);
42935eca
LR
4918/**
4919 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
4920 *
4921 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
4922 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
4923 *
4924 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
4925 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
4926 */
4927void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
4928
4929/**
4930 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
4931 *
4932 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
4933 * workqueue.
4934 *
4935 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
4936 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
4937 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
4938 */
4939void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4940 struct delayed_work *dwork,
4941 unsigned long delay);
4942
0df3ef45
RR
4943/**
4944 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
c951ad35 4945 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
0df3ef45 4946 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
bd2ce6e4 4947 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
ea2d8b59
RD
4948 *
4949 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
0df3ef45
RR
4950 *
4951 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
4952 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
4953 * will be managed by the mac80211.
4954 */
bd2ce6e4
SM
4955int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
4956 u16 timeout);
0df3ef45 4957
0df3ef45
RR
4958/**
4959 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
1ed32e4f 4960 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
4961 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
4962 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
4963 *
4964 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
4965 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
4966 * from any context.
0df3ef45 4967 */
c951ad35 4968void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
4969 u16 tid);
4970
4971/**
4972 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
c951ad35 4973 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
0df3ef45 4974 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
ea2d8b59 4975 *
6a8579d0 4976 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
0df3ef45
RR
4977 *
4978 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
4979 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
4980 * will be managed by the mac80211.
4981 */
6a8579d0 4982int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
0df3ef45 4983
0df3ef45
RR
4984/**
4985 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
1ed32e4f 4986 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
4987 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
4988 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
4989 *
4990 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
4991 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
4992 * can be called from any context.
0df3ef45 4993 */
c951ad35 4994void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
4995 u16 tid);
4996
17741cdc
JB
4997/**
4998 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
4999 *
5ed176e1 5000 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
17741cdc
JB
5001 * @addr: station's address
5002 *
0ae997dc
YB
5003 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5004 *
5005 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
17741cdc
JB
5006 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5007 */
5ed176e1 5008struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc
JB
5009 const u8 *addr);
5010
5ed176e1 5011/**
686b9cb9 5012 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
5ed176e1
JB
5013 *
5014 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
686b9cb9
BG
5015 * @addr: remote station's address
5016 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
5ed176e1 5017 *
0ae997dc
YB
5018 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5019 *
5020 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5ed176e1
JB
5021 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5022 *
686b9cb9
BG
5023 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5024 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5025 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5026 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5027 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5028 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5029 * is not reliable.
5ed176e1 5030 *
686b9cb9 5031 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
5ed176e1 5032 */
686b9cb9
BG
5033struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5034 const u8 *addr,
5035 const u8 *localaddr);
5ed176e1 5036
af818581
JB
5037/**
5038 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5039 * @hw: the hardware
5040 * @pubsta: the station
5041 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5042 *
5043 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5044 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5045 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5046 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5047 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5048 *
5049 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5050 * manner.
5051 *
5052 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5053 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5054 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5055 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5056 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5057 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5058 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5059 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5060 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5061 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5062 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5063 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5064 * woke up while blocked or not.
5065 */
5066void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5067 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5068
37fbd908
JB
5069/**
5070 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5071 * @pubsta: the station
5072 *
5073 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5074 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5075 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5076 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5077 *
e943789e
JB
5078 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5079 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5080 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5081 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5082 *
5083 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5084 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5085 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5086 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
37fbd908 5087 */
e943789e 5088void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
37fbd908 5089
0ead2510
EG
5090/**
5091 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5092 * @pubsta: the station
5093 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5094 *
5095 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5096 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5097 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5098 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5099 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5100 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5101 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5102 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5103 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5104 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5105 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5106 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5107 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5108 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5109 */
5110void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5111
830af02f
JB
5112/**
5113 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5114 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5115 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5116 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5117 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5118 *
5119 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5120 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5121 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5122 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5123 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5124 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
f850e00f
JB
5125 *
5126 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5127 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5128 * set_key callback.
830af02f
JB
5129 */
5130void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5131 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5132 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5133 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5134 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5135 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5136 void *data),
5137 void *iter_data);
5138
ef044763
EP
5139/**
5140 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5141 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5142 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5143 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5144 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5145 *
5146 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5147 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5148 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5149 * in removal process will be skipped.
5150 *
5151 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5152 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5153 */
5154void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5155 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5156 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5157 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5158 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5159 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5160 void *data),
5161 void *iter_data);
5162
3448c005
JB
5163/**
5164 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5165 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5166 * @iter: iterator function
5167 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5168 *
5169 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5170 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5171 * places while calling into the driver.
5172 *
5173 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5174 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5175 * removed.
8a61af65
JB
5176 *
5177 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5178 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5179 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5180 * or not.
3448c005
JB
5181 */
5182void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5183 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5184 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5185 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5186 void *data),
5187 void *iter_data);
5188
a619a4c0
JO
5189/**
5190 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5191 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5192 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5193 *
5194 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5195 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5196 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5197 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5198 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
0ae997dc
YB
5199 * %NULL.
5200 *
5201 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
a619a4c0
JO
5202 */
5203struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5204 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5205
04de8381
KV
5206/**
5207 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5208 *
1ed32e4f 5209 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
04de8381 5210 *
c1288b12 5211 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
1e4dcd01 5212 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
04de8381
KV
5213 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5214 */
5215void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4b7679a5 5216
1e4dcd01
JO
5217/**
5218 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5219 *
5220 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5221 *
c1288b12 5222 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
1e4dcd01
JO
5223 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5224 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
682bd38b
JB
5225 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5226 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
1e4dcd01
JO
5227 *
5228 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5229 * without connection recovery attempts.
5230 */
5231void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5232
95acac61
JB
5233/**
5234 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5235 *
5236 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5237 *
5238 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5239 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5240 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5241 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5242 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5243 *
5244 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5245 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5246 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5247 * disconnect normally later.
5248 *
5249 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5250 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5251 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5252 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5253 */
5254void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f90754c1 5255
a97c13c3
JO
5256/**
5257 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5258 * rssi threshold triggered
5259 *
5260 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5261 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
5262 * @gfp: context flags
5263 *
ea086359 5264 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
a97c13c3
JO
5265 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5266 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5267 */
5268void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5269 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
5270 gfp_t gfp);
5271
98f03342
JB
5272/**
5273 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5274 *
5275 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5276 * @gfp: context flags
5277 */
5278void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5279
164eb02d
SW
5280/**
5281 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5282 *
5283 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5284 */
5285void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5286
5ce6e438
JB
5287/**
5288 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5289 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5290 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5291 *
5292 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5293 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5294 */
5295void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5296
d1f5b7a3
JB
5297/**
5298 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5299 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
633dd1ea 5300 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
d1f5b7a3
JB
5301 *
5302 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5303 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5304 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5305 */
5306void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5307 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5308
21f83589
JB
5309/**
5310 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5311 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5312 */
5313void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5314
5315/**
5316 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5317 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5318 */
5319void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5320
f41ccd71
SL
5321/**
5322 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5323 *
5324 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5325 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5326 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5327 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5328 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5329 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5330 *
5331 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5332 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5333 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5334 */
5335void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5336 const u8 *addr);
5337
06470f74
SS
5338/**
5339 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5340 * @pubsta: station struct
5341 * @tid: the session's TID
5342 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5343 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5344 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5345 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5346 *
5347 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5348 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5349 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5350 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5351 */
5352void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5353 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5354 u16 received_mpdus);
5355
8c771244
FF
5356/**
5357 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5358 *
5359 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5360 * buffer.
5361 *
5362 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5363 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5364 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5365 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5366 */
5367void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5368
08cf42e8
MK
5369/**
5370 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5371 *
5372 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5373 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5374 * reordering.
5375 *
5376 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5377 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5378 *
5379 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5380 * @addr: station mac address
5381 * @tid: the rx tid
5382 */
5383void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5384 const u8 *addr, u16 tid);
5385
5386/**
5387 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5388 *
5389 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5390 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5391 * reordering.
5392 *
5393 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5394 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5395 *
5396 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5397 * @addr: station mac address
5398 * @tid: the rx tid
5399 */
5400void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5401 const u8 *addr, u16 tid);
5402
4b7679a5 5403/* Rate control API */
e6a9854b 5404
4b7679a5 5405/**
e6a9854b
JB
5406 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
5407 *
5408 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5409 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5410 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
f44d4eb5
SW
5411 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5412 * to be filled in
e6a9854b
JB
5413 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5414 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5415 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5416 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5417 * RTS threshold
5418 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5419 * if the selected rate supports it
f44d4eb5 5420 * @max_rate_idx: user-requested maximum (legacy) rate
37eb0b16
JM
5421 * (deprecated; this will be removed once drivers get updated to use
5422 * rate_idx_mask)
f44d4eb5 5423 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
2ffbe6d3 5424 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
8f0729b1 5425 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
e6a9854b
JB
5426 */
5427struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5428 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5429 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5430 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5431 struct sk_buff *skb;
5432 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5433 bool rts, short_preamble;
5434 u8 max_rate_idx;
37eb0b16 5435 u32 rate_idx_mask;
2ffbe6d3 5436 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
8f0729b1 5437 bool bss;
4b7679a5
JB
5438};
5439
5440struct rate_control_ops {
4b7679a5
JB
5441 const char *name;
5442 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
4b7679a5
JB
5443 void (*free)(void *priv);
5444
5445 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5446 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5447 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4b7679a5 5448 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
81cb7623 5449 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5450 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
64f68e5d
JB
5451 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5452 u32 changed);
4b7679a5
JB
5453 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5454 void *priv_sta);
5455
f684565e
FF
5456 void (*tx_status_noskb)(void *priv,
5457 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5458 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5459 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4b7679a5
JB
5460 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5461 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5462 struct sk_buff *skb);
e6a9854b
JB
5463 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5464 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
4b7679a5
JB
5465
5466 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5467 struct dentry *dir);
5468 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
cca674d4
AQ
5469
5470 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
4b7679a5
JB
5471};
5472
5473static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
57fbcce3 5474 enum nl80211_band band,
4b7679a5
JB
5475 int index)
5476{
5477 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5478}
5479
4c6d4f5c
LR
5480/**
5481 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
5482 *
5483 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
5484 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
5485 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
5486 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
5487 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
5488 * not null.
5489 *
5490 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
5491 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
5492 *
5493 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
5494 * that this may be null.
5495 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
5496 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
5497 */
5498bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5499 void *priv_sta,
5500 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5501
5502
4b7679a5
JB
5503static inline s8
5504rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5505 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5506{
5507 int i;
5508
5509 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5510 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5511 return i;
5512
5513 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
54d5026e 5514 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
4b7679a5 5515
54d5026e 5516 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
4b7679a5
JB
5517 return 0;
5518}
5519
b770b43e
LR
5520static inline
5521bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5522 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5523{
5524 unsigned int i;
5525
5526 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5527 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5528 return true;
5529 return false;
5530}
4b7679a5 5531
0d528d85
FF
5532/**
5533 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
5534 *
5535 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
5536 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
5537 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
5538 * the most recent rate control module decision.
5539 *
5540 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5541 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
5542 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
5543 */
5544int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5545 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
5546 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
5547
631ad703
JB
5548int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
5549void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
4b7679a5 5550
10c806b3
LR
5551static inline bool
5552conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5553{
675a0b04 5554 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
10c806b3
LR
5555}
5556
5557static inline bool
5558conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5559{
675a0b04
KB
5560 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5561 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
5562}
5563
5564static inline bool
5565conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5566{
675a0b04
KB
5567 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5568 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
5569}
5570
5571static inline bool
5572conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5573{
675a0b04 5574 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
10c806b3
LR
5575}
5576
5577static inline bool
5578conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5579{
041f607d
RL
5580 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
5581 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
5582 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
10c806b3
LR
5583}
5584
2ca27bcf
JB
5585static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5586ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
5587{
5588 if (p2p) {
5589 switch (type) {
5590 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
5591 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
5592 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
5593 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
5594 default:
5595 break;
5596 }
5597 }
5598 return type;
5599}
5600
5601static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5602ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
5603{
5604 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
5605}
5606
65554d07
SS
5607/**
5608 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
5609 *
5610 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5611 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
5612 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
5613 *
5614 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
5615 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
5616 * matching GroupId management frame.
5617 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
5618 */
5619void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5620 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
5621
615f7b9b
MV
5622void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5623 int rssi_min_thold,
5624 int rssi_max_thold);
5625
5626void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
768db343 5627
0d8a0a17 5628/**
0ae997dc 5629 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
0d8a0a17
WYG
5630 *
5631 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5632 *
0ae997dc
YB
5633 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
5634 *
5635 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
5636 * applicable.
0d8a0a17 5637 */
1dae27f8
WYG
5638int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5639
cd8f7cb4
JB
5640/**
5641 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
5642 * @vif: virtual interface
5643 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
5644 * @gfp: allocation flags
5645 *
5646 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
5647 */
5648void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5649 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
5650 gfp_t gfp);
5651
06be6b14
FF
5652/**
5653 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
5654 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5655 * @vif: virtual interface
5656 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
5657 * @band: the band to transmit on
5658 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
5659 *
5660 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
5661 */
5662bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5663 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
5664 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
5665
a7022e65
FF
5666/**
5667 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
5668 *
5669 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
5670 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
5671 *
5672 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
5673 *
5674 * private:
5675 *
5676 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
5677 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
5678 */
5679struct ieee80211_noa_data {
5680 u32 next_tsf;
5681 bool has_next_tsf;
5682
5683 u8 absent;
5684
5685 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
5686 struct {
5687 u32 start;
5688 u32 duration;
5689 u32 interval;
5690 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
5691};
5692
5693/**
5694 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
5695 *
5696 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
5697 * @data: NoA tracking data
5698 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
5699 *
5700 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
5701 */
5702int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
5703 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
5704
5705/**
5706 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
5707 *
5708 * @data: NoA tracking data
5709 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
5710 */
5711void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
5712
c887f0d3
AN
5713/**
5714 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
5715 * @vif: virtual interface
5716 * @peer: the peer's destination address
5717 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
5718 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
5719 * @gfp: allocation flags
5720 *
5721 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
5722 */
5723void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
5724 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
5725 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
a7f3a768 5726
b6da911b
LK
5727/**
5728 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
5729 *
5730 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
5731 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
5732 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
5733 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
5734 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
5735 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
5736 *
5737 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
5738 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
5739 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
5740 *
5741 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
5742 * @tid: the TID to reserve
5743 *
5744 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
5745 */
5746int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
5747
5748/**
5749 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
5750 *
5751 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
5752 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
5753 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
5754 *
5755 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
5756 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
5757 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
5758 *
5759 * @sta: the station
5760 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
5761 */
5762void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
5763
ba8c3d6f
FF
5764/**
5765 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
5766 *
5767 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5768 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
5769 *
5770 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
5771 */
5772struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5773 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f2ac7e30
MK
5774
5775/**
5776 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
5777 *
5778 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
5779 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
5780 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
5781 *
5782 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
5783 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
5784 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
5785 */
5786void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
5787 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
5788 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
167e33f4
AB
5789
5790/**
5791 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
5792 *
5793 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
5794 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
5795 *
5796 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5797 * @inst_id: the local instance id
5798 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
5799 * @gfp: allocation flags
5800 */
5801void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5802 u8 inst_id,
5803 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
5804 gfp_t gfp);
92bc43bc
AB
5805
5806/**
5807 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
5808 *
5809 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
5810 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
5811 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
5812 *
5813 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5814 * @match: match event information
5815 * @gfp: allocation flags
5816 */
5817void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5818 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
5819 gfp_t gfp);
5820
f0706e82 5821#endif /* MAC80211_H */